-
1 φυλακή
-ῆς + ἡ N 1 34-30-27-18-12=121 Gn 40,3.4.7; 41,10; 42,17guarding, guard Nm 1,53; watch (as a division of time during which a watch was kept) Ex 14,24; id. (as group or division of personnel) Nm 8,26 (secundo); keeping (the law) 4 Mc 13,13; task, responsibility Nm 3,7; place of guarding, prison JgsA 16,25; pre-caution, preservation Sir 34,16ἐν φυλακῇ in ward, under guard Gn 40,3; ψυλάξουσιν (sic, corr. φυλάξουσιν) τὰς φυλακὰς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου they are to keep the charge of the tabernacle of witness 1 Chr 23,32*Ez 23,24 φυλακήν a watch-מרשׁ for MT ימושׂי they will set; *Ps 76(77),5 φυλακάς watches-תוָֹמרשְׁ for MT תוֹֻמרשְׁ eyelids; *Jb 35,10 φυλακάς watches-מרותשׁ for MT זמרות songsCf. CONYBEARE 1905=1988 194; WEVERS 1990, 170; →MM; NIDNTT; TWNT -
2 φυλάσσω
+/φυλάττω[*]V 114-110-69-130-41=464 Gn 2,15; 3,24; 18,19; 26,5; 30,31A: to keep watch, to guard [τι] 2 Sm 15,16; to guard [τινα] 1 Sm 26,15; to watch over sb [ἐπί τινα] Jos 10,18; to keep the charge of [τι] Nm 3,10; to keep sb from [τινα ἔκ τινος] Ps 139(140),5; to preserve sb from [τινα ἀπό τινος] Ps 120(121),7to watch [τι] Ps 55(56),7to observe [τι] Dt 16,1; to keep, to maintain [τι] Gn 26,5M: to keep watch, to guard [τι] Jgs 2,22; to beware of [τι] 2 Sm 20,10; id. [ἀπό τινος] Jgs 13,13to observe [abs.] Jos 1,7; id. [τι] Jgs 13,14; to preserve, to maintain [τι] Ex 13,10; to preserve, to cherish[τι] Jon 2,9; to be careful, to give heed [+inf.] Ex 23,15; id. [τοῦ +inf.] Jos 23,11φύλαξαι σεαυτόν take heed Gn 31,24; φυλάξουσιν οἱ Λευῖται αὐτοὶ τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου the Levites themselves shall keep the guard of the tabernacle of witness Nm 1,53; φυλάξουσιν τὰς φυλακὰς αὐτοῦ they shall keep his charges Nm 3,7; φυλασσόμενος λαλήσει speaking cautiously Prv 21,28Cf. DOGNIEZ 1992 45.134; DORIVAL 1994, 430; HELBING 1929, 30-32; WALTERS 1973 61.62; WEVERS1990 294.310.364.512; 1995 97; →NIDNTT; TWNT(→διαφυλάσσω, προφυλάσσω,,) -
3 περάω
Aπερόων IG12(8).441.3
([place name] Thasos), Epigr.Gr. 1068.8 ([place name] Syria); [dialect] Ep. inf.περάαν Od.5.174
: [dialect] Ion.[tense] impf. περάασκε ib. 480: [tense] fut. περάσω [ᾱ], [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep.περήσω Il.5.646
; inf.περησέμεναι 12.200
: [tense] aor. ἐπέρᾱσα, [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep.ἐπέρησα, πέρησα Od.24.118
( ἐπέρασσα f.l. in 5.409, late opt. περάσειας [ᾰ] D.P.608); [dialect] Aeol.ἐπέραισα Alc. Supp.7.8
: [tense] pf.πεπέρᾱκα A.Pers.65
(lyr.), Eup.192 :— drive right through,λευκοὺς δ' ἐπέρησεν ὀδόντας Il.5.291
.2 more freq. pass right across or through a space, traverse, freq. of water, θάλασσαν, πόντον, Od.6.272, 24.118;λαῖτμα θαλάσσης 5.174
; ; Ἀχέροντα Alc.l. c.;ἅλα Pi.N.3.21
;Τάναϊν Hdt.4.115
; πόντου φλοῖσβον, [ποταμόν], A.Pr. 792, 718;πέλαγος Αἰγαῖον S.Aj. 461
; also pass a barrier or boundary,πύλας Ἀΐδαο περήσει Il.5.646
, cf. Thgn. 427; [τάφρος] ἀργαλέη περάαν hard to pass, Il.12.63, cf. 53,al.; τὰς φυλακὰς π. pass the guards, secretly or by force, Hdt.3.72;π. Τεύθραντος ἄστυ Μυσῶν A.Supp. 549
(lyr.);γῆς ὁρίσματα E.Rh. 437
: metaph., κίνδυνον π. pass through a danger, A.Ch. 270; π. πλοῦς accomplish them, X.Oec.21.3 (s.v.l.); π. ὅρκον, prob. go beyond, transgress the oath, A.Eu. 489 (sed leg. πορόντας).3 less freq. of Time, pass through, complete, τέλος δωδεκάμηνον περᾶσαι an office of twelve months' duration, Pi.N.11.10;τοῦ βίου τέρμα S.OT 1530
;τὴν τελευταίαν ἡμέραν E.Andr. 102
;οἱ τὴν ἡλικίαν πεπερακότες X.Lac. 4.7
.II intr., penetrate, pierce, of a pointed weapon, Il.21.594; of violent rain,οὔτ' ὄμβρος περάασκε διαμπερές Od.5.480
, cf. 19.442; διὰ κροτάφοιο through the temples, Il.4.502; ὀστέον εἴσω into the bone, ib. 460; extend, reach to a place, οὐδαμοῖ π. X.Cyn.8.5.2 pass,δι' Ὠκεανοῖο Od.10.508
; διὰ (or διὲκ) , 158; ὡς ὁπότ' ὠκὺ νόημα διὰ στέρνοιο περήσῃ ib.43 ; ἐπὶ πόντον, ἐφ' ὑγρήν, Il.2.613, Od.4.709; διὰ πόρον across the strait, A.Pers. 501; διὰ Κυανέας ἀκτάς through the Symplegades, E.Andr. 864 (lyr.); ; (lyr.);ὑπ' οἴδμασιν S.Ant. 337
(lyr.);μή σε λάθῃ.. ταύτῃ περῶν Ar.Av. 1195
.3 pass to or from a place,εἰς Ἀΐδαο Thgn.906
;ποτὶ Φᾶσιν Pi.I.2.41
;εἰς χώραν A.Pers. 65
(lyr.); (lyr.); ἐκ δόμων, ἔξω δωμάτων, S.Ant. 386, OT 531; ; ; ποῖ περῶ; Id.Ph. 981 : c. acc. loci, π. Δελφούς ib. 980; μέλαθρα, δόμους, ib. 299 (lyr.), Hipp. 782.4 rarely of Time, διὰ γήρως π. X.Mem.2.1.31; εὐδαίμων π. live happy, Orac. ap. X.Cyr.7.2.20.6 with instrument of motion in acc.,π. πόδα E.Hec.53
.------------------------------------περάω (B),A v. πέρνημι. [full] περβέβαται, v. περιβαίνω III. -
4 ῥαθυμέω
A leave off work, take holiday, Plb.10.20.2, Plu.Sull.26.2 mostly in bad sense, to be remiss, be idle, X.An.2.6.6, Isoc.1.9, Phib. 1.46.12 (iii B.C.), etc.;ῥ. ἐπί τινι D.19.270
;περί τινος Plb.2.49.9
;τὰ περὶ τὰς φυλακάς D.S.2.18
;περὶ τὴν φυλακήν Id.14.88
.3 trans., neglect,ἀμπεχόνη οὐκ ἐρραθυμημένη Lib.Or.11.154
, cf. 60.5, Descr.29.4. [Freq. written ῥᾳθ- in codd., but ῥαθ- correctly in PCair.Zen.57.6 (iii B.C.), PHib. l.c., Phld.Lib.p.24 O.;καταρ (ρ) αθ- PCair.Zen. 408.11
(iii B.C.), PHib.1.44.4 (iii B.C.).]Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ῥαθυμέω
-
5 ἀνίημι
ἀνίημι, ης (ἀνιεῖς, as if from ἀνιέω, dub. in Il.5.880), ησι: [tense] impf. ἀνίην, Hom. and [dialect] Att. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. εις, ει, [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.A (Abu Simbel, vi B. C., Iterat. ; alsoἠνίει Hp.Epid.7.46
; [ per.] 1sg.ἀνίειν Luc.Cat.4
: [tense] fut. ἀνήσω: [tense] pf. ἀνεῖκα: [tense] aor. 1 ἀνῆκα; [dialect] Ion. ἀνέηκα.:—the Homeric formsἀνέσει Od.18.265
, [tense] aor. opt.ἀνέσαιμι 14.209
, part.ἀνέσαντες 13.657
should be referred to ἀνέζω, butἄνεσαν Il.21.537
is from ἀνίημι: [tense] aor. 2, [ per.] 3pl.ἀνεῖσαν Th.5.32
, imper. , S.Ant. 1101, E.Hel. 442, subj. , [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. subj.ἀνήη Il.2.34
, opt. ἀνείη, inf. ἀνεῖναι, part. ἀνείς:—[voice] Pass., ἀνίεμαι: [tense] pf.ἀνεῖμαι Hdt.2.65
, A.Th. 413, [ per.] 3pl. [tense] pf.ἀνέωνται Hdt.2.165
(v.l. ἀνέονται), inf. ἀνἑῶσθαι (sic) Tab.Heracl.1.153: [tense] aor. part. e: [tense] fut.ἀνεθήσομαι Th.8.63
. [ ἀνῐ- [dialect] Ep., ἀνῑ- [dialect] Att.: but even Hom. has ἀνῑει, ἀνῑέμενος, and we find ἀνῐησιν in Pl.Com.153 (anap.).]: — send up or forth,Ζεφύροιο.. ἀήτας Ὠκεανὸς ἀνίησιν Od.4.568
; of Charybdis,τρὶς μὲν γάρ τ' ἀνίησιν.. τρὶς δ' ἀναροιβδεῖ 12.105
;ἀφρὸν ἀ.
spew up, vomit,A.
Eu. 183;σταγόνας [αἵματος] ἀ. S.OT 1277
; of the earth, καρπὸν ἀ. make corn or fruit spring up, h.Cer.333; ; also of the gods,ἀ. ἄροτον γῆς S.OT 270
, etc.; so of females, produce, ib. 1405:—in [voice] Pass., : then in various relations,συὸς χρῆμα ἀ. S.Fr. 401
; ; of a forest,πῦρ καὶ φλόγα Th.2.77
;πνεῦμ' ἀνεὶς ἐκ πνευμόνων E.Or. 277
:— send up from the grave or nether world, A.Pers. 650, Ar.Ra. 1462, Phryn.Com.1 D., Pl.Cra. 403e, etc.:— [voice] Pass., ἐκ γῆς κάτωθεν ἀνίεται ὁ πλοῦτος ibid.; of fruit, Thphr.CP5.1.5.II let go, from Hom. downwds. a very common sense, ἐμὲ δὲ γλυκὺς ὕπνος ἀνῆκεν, i.e. left me, Il.2.71, etc., cf. Pl.Prt. 310d: —[voice] Pass., wake up,D.S.
17.56; set free,ἐκ στέγης ἀ. S.Ant. 1101
; let go unpunished,ἄνδρα τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν λυμαινόμενον X.HG2.3.51
, cf. Lys.13.93; ἄνετέ μ' ἄνετε leave me alone, forbear, S.El. 229 (lyr.); of a state of mind,ἐμὲ δ' οὐδ' ὣς θυμὸν ἀνίει.. ὀδύνη Il. 15.24
;ὅταν μ' ἀνῇ νόσος μανίας E.Or. 227
;ὥς μιν ὁ οἶνος ἀνῆκε Hdt.1.213
, etc.; ἀ. ἵππον to let him go (by slackening the rein), S.El. 721;ἵππους εἰς τάχος ἀ. X.Eq.Mag.3.2
;τῷ δήμῳ τὰς ἡνίας ἀ. Plu.Per. 11
.b loosen, unfasten,δεσμόν Od.8.359
(v.l. δεσμῶν); δεσμά τ' ἀνεῖσαι Call.Hec.1.2.13
: hence, open,πύλας ἄνεσαν Il.21.537
;ἀ. θύρετρα E.Ba. 448
; ἀ. σήμαντρα break the seal, Id.IA 325:—[voice] Pass.,πύλαι ἀνειμέναι D.H.10.14
.2 ἀ. τινί let loose at one, slip at,ἀ. τὰς κύνας X.Cyn.7.7
: henceἄφρονα τοῦτον ἀνέντες Il.5.761
, cf. 880: c. acc. et inf., Διομήδεα μαργαίνειν ἀνέηκεν ib. 882: generally, set on or urge to do a thing, c. inf., , cf. 17.425, Il.2.276, 5.422: freq. c. acc. pers. only, let loose, excite, asοὐδέ κε Τηλέμαχον.. ῷδ' ἀνιείης Od.2.185
;μέγας δέ σε θυμὸς ἀνῆκεν Il.7.25
; τοῖσιν μὲν Θρασυμήδεα δῖον ἀνῆκεν urged Thrasymedes to their aid, 17.705:—so in [voice] Pass.,ἅπας κίνδυνος ἀνεῖται σοφίας Ar.Nu. 955
.3 ἀ. τινὰ πρός τι to let go for any purpose,τὸν λεὼν.. ἀνεῖναι πρὸς ἔργα τε καὶ θυσίας Hdt.2.129
; ἐς παιγνίην ἑωυτὸν ἀ. ib. 173;τὰ μικρὰ εἰς τύχην ἀνείς E.Fr. 974
(v.l. ἀφείς); τὰ σώματα ἐπὶ ῥᾳδιουργίαν X.Cyr.7.5.75
; ἐὰν δ' ἀνῇς, ὕβριστον χρῆμα κἀκόλαστον [γυνή] if you leave her free, Pl.Com.98.4 let, allow, c. acc. et inf., ;ἀ. τρίχας αὔξεσθαι Hdt.2.36
, cf. 4.175: with inf. omitted,ἀνεῖσα πένθει κόμαν E. Ph. 323
; ἀ. στολίδος κροκόεσσαν τρυφάν ib. 1491;κόμας Plu.Lys.1
: c. dat. pers. et inf., ἀνεὶς αὐτῷ θηρᾶν having given him leave to hunt, X.Cyr.4.6.3.5 [voice] Med., loosen, undo, c. acc., κόλπον ἀνιεμένη baring her breast, Il.22.80; αἶγας ἀνιέμενοι stripping or flaying goats, Od.2.300; soἀνεῖτο λαγόνας E.El. 826
; so in [voice] Act., ἀνιέναι· δέρειν, Hsch.6 let go free, leave untilled, of ground dedicated to a god,τέμενος ἀνῆκεν ἅπαν Th.4.116
;ἀργὸν παντάπασι τὸ χωρίον ἀνιέντες τῷ θεῷ Plu.Publ.8
; generally,τὴν χώραν ἀ. μηλόβοτον Isoc.14.31
;ἀρούρας ἀσπόρους ἀ. Thphr.HP8.11.9
; allowed to run wild, Ge.49.21:—but this sense mostly in [voice] Pass., devote oneself, give oneself up,ἐς τὸ ἐλεύθερον Hdt.7.103
; esp. of animals dedicated to a god, which are let range at large (cf. ἄνετος), ἀνεῖται τὰ θηρία Id.2.65
; of a person devoted to the gods, ; of places, etc.,θεοῖσιν ἀ. δένδρεα Call. Cer.47
; ἄλσος ἀνειμένον a consecrated grove, cj. in Pl.Lg. 761c; of land,ἀ. εἰς νομάς PTeb.60.8
,72.36 (ii B.C.): hence metaph., ἀνειμένος εἴς τι devoted to a thing, wholly engaged in it, e.g.ἐς τὸν πόλεμον Hdt.2.167
; ἀνέωνται ἐς τὸ μάχιμον they are given up to military service, ib. 165; ἐς τὸ κέρδος λῆμ' ἀνειμένον given up to.., E.Heracl. 3: hence [tense] pf. part. [voice] Pass. ἀνειμένος as Adj., going free, left to one's own will and pleasure, at large, S.Ant. 579, El. 516;ἀ. τι χρῆμα πρεσβυτῶν γένος καὶ δυσφύλακτον E.Andr. 727
; πέπλοι ἀνειμένοι let hang loose, ib. 598; τὸ εἰς ἀδικίαν καὶ πλεονεξίαν -μένον unrestrained propensity to.., Plu.Num.16;σώματα πρὸς πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν ἀνειμένα Id.Lyc.10
.7 slacken, relax, opp. ἐπιτείνω or ἐντείνω, of a bow or stringed instrument, unstring, as Hdt.3.22, cf. Pl.R. 442a, Ly. 209b, X.Mem.3.10.7, etc.; esp. of musical scales, ἁρμονίαι ἀνειμέναι, opp. σύντονοι, Arist.Pol. 1342b22, al.; ἀνειμένα Ἰαστὶ μοῦσα Pratin.Lyr.5: metaph.,ὀργῆς ὀλίγον τὸν κόλλοπ' ἀ. Ar.V. 574
, cf. Pherecr.145.4, Pl.R. 410e;πολιτεῖαι ἀνειμέναι καὶ μαλακαί Arist.Pol. 1290a28
; ; ἀνειμένη τάσις the grave accent, Sch.D.T.p.130H.;οἱ πάγοι τὰς φλόγας ἀ.
temper,Arist.
Mu. 397b2: hence,b remit, neglect, give up,στέρνων ἀραγμούς S.OC 1608
;φυλακὰς ἀνῆκα E.Supp. 1042
; φυλακήν, ἄσκησιν, etc., Th.4.27, X.Cyr.7.5.70, etc.; ἀ. θάνατόν τινι to remit sentence of death to one, let one live, E.Andr. 531;ἔχθρας, κολάσεις τισί Plu.2.536a
; ἀ. τὰ χρέα, τὰς καταδίκας, Id.Sol.15, D.C.64.8, cf. 72.2; ἄνες λόγον speak more mildly, E.Hel. 442; soἀ. τινὸς ἔχθραν Th.3.10
; ἀ. ἀρχήν, πόλεμον, etc., Id.1.76, 7.18, etc.:—[voice] Pass., to be treated remissly,ἀνεθήσεται τὰ πράγματα Id.8.63
; has become effete, powerless,E.
Or. 941: freq. in [tense] pf. part. ἀνειμένος as an Adj., ἐν τῷ ἀνειμένῳ τῆς γνώμης when their minds are not strung up for action, Th.5.9; ἀνειμένῃ τῇ διαίτῃ relaxed, unconstrained, of the Athenians, Id.1.6; δίαιτα λίαν ἀ., of the Ephors, Arist.Pol. 1270b32;ἀ. ἡδοναί
dissolute,Pl.
R. 573a; ἄνανδρος καὶ λίαν ἀ. ib. 549d;ἀ. χείλεα
parched,Theoc.
22.63; of climate,ἀ. καὶ μαλακός Thphr.CP5.4.4
;ὀσμὴ μαλακὴ καὶ ἀ. 5.7.1
: [comp] Comp.ἀνειμενώτερος Iamb.VP15.67
:—but,8 the sense of relaxation occurs also as an intr. usage of the [voice] Act., slacken, abate, of the wind,ἐπειδὰν πνεῦμ' ἀνῇ S.Ph. 639
, cf. Hdt.2.113, 4.152;ἕως ἀνῇ τὸ πῆμα S.Ph. 764
, cf. Hdt.1.94; ἐμφῦσα οὐκ ἀνίει, of a viper, having fastened on him she does not let go, Id.3.109: esp. in phrase οὐδὲν ἀνιέναι not to give way at all, X.HG2.3.46, cf. Cyr.1.4.22; τὰς τιμὰς ἀνεικέναι ἤκουον that prices had fallen, D.56.25, cf. Arist.Rh. 1390a15; σιδήρια ἀ. ἐν τοῖς μαλακοῖς lose their edge, Thphr.HP5.5.1.b c. part., give up or cease doing, ὕων οὐκ ἀνίει [ὁ θεός] Hdt.4.28, cf. 125, 2.121.β, E.IT 318, etc.c c. gen., cease from a thing, ; , D.21.186;φιλονικίας Th.5.32
; ἀνῆκε τοῦ ἐξελθεῖν forbore to come forth, LXX 1 Ki.23.13.9 dilute, dissolve, διά τινος or τινί, Gal.13.520, al., Gp.4.7.3, cf. Arr.An.7.20.5 (Phryn.19 says that διΐημι is more correct in this sense);διυγραινομένων καὶ ἀνιεμένων Thphr.Vent.58
. -
6 ἐπί
ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, nearⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, nearⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, onⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).ⓑ w. acc.α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., overⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.⑫ marker of hostile opposition, againstⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, aboutⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.ⓑ w. acc.α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, forⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).ⓒ w. acc.α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1. -
7 περί
περί, Thess., Delph. περ IG9(2).517.17 (iii B.C.), al., Schwyzer 323 A4 (v/iv B.C.), also [dialect] Aeol., v. infr. A. V ; Elean παρ ib.413.4: Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.:—A round about, all round (prop. different from ἀμφί, on both sides). (Cogn. with Skt. pári 'round about'.)A WITH GENITIVE,I of Place, sts. in Poets, round about, around,τετάνυστο π. σπείους ἡμερίς Od.5.68
;τείχη π. Δαρδανίας E. Tr. 818
(lyr., s.v.l.);εἴλυμα π. χροός A.R.2.1129
: rarely, like ἀμφί, on both sides, v. περιβαίνω 1 fin.II to denote the object about or for which one does something:1 with Verbs of fighting or contending, π. τινός for an object—from the notion of the thing's lying in the middle to be fought about, π. τῶνδε for these prizes, Il.23.659 ;π. πτόλιος.. μαχήσεται 18.265
; π. Πατρόκλοιο θανόντος ib. 195, cf. 17.120;π. σεῖο 3.137
;π. νηὸς ἔχον πόνον 15.416
; ἀμύνεσθαι π. πάτρης, π. νηῶν, π. τέκνων, 12.243, 142, 170, etc.; δόλους καὶ μῆτιν ὕφαινον, ὥς τε π. ψυχῆς since it was for my life, Od.9.423 ;π. ψυχῆς θέον Ἕκτορος Il.22.161
;π. ψυχέων ἐμάχοντο Od.22.245
; in Prose, τρέχειν π. ἑωυτοῦ, π. τῆς ψυχῆς, Hdt.7.57,9.37;ἀγῶνας δραμέονται π. σφέων αὐτῶν Id.8.102
;νεναυμάχηκε τὴν π. τῶν κρεῶν Ar. Ra. 191
; <τὸν> π. τοῦ παντὸς δρόμον θέοντες Hdt.8.74
; κινδυνεύειν π. τινός ibid., etc.;οὐ π. τῶν ἴσων ὁ κίνδυνός ἐστι X.HG7.1.7
; and without a Verb,π. γῆς ὅρων διαφοραί Th.1.122
;π. πάντων ἀγαθῶν ὁ ἀγών X.Cyr. 3.3.44
, cf. S.Aj. 936(lyr.), etc.;μάχη π. τινός Pl.Tht. 179d
;ἐπειγόμενοι π. νίκης Il.23.437
, cf. 639, Hdt.8.26 ;πεῖραν θανάτου π. καὶ ζωᾶς ἀναβάλλεσθαι Pi.N.9.29
;π. θανάτου φεύγειν Antipho 5.95
; but ἐρίσσαι π. μύθων contend about speaking, i. e. who can speak best, Il.15.284 ;καὶ ἀθανάτοισιν ἐρίζεσκον π. τόξων Od.8.225
, cf. 24.515.2 with words which denote care or anxiety, about, on account of,π. Τρώων.. μερμηρίζειν Il.20.17
;ἄχος π. τινός Od.21.249
;φόνου π. βουλεύειν 16.234
;φροντίζειν π. τινός Hdt.8.36
, etc.;κήδεσθαι π. τ. S.Ph. 621
;δεδιέναι π. τ. Pl.Prt. 320a
, etc.;ἀπολογεῖσθαι π. τ. X.Cyr.2.2.13
; κρίνειν, διαγιγνώσκειν π. τ., Pi.N.5.40, Antipho 5.96; π. τ. ψηφίζεσθαι, διαψηφίζεσθαι, ψῆφον φέρειν, IG12.57.42, X.HG2.3.50, Lycurg.11 ;βουλεύεσθαι π. τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας Isoc.5.69
;π. Μεθωναίων IG12.57.49
; διανοεῖσθαι, σκοπεῖν π. τινός, Pl.Phdr. 270d, Phd. 65e;μαντεύεσθαι π. τ. Hdt.8.36
, cf. S.Tr.77 ; π. πότου γοῦν ἐστί σοι; so with you it is a question of drink? Ar.Eq.87, cf. Plu.2.43b.3 with Verbs of hearing, knowing, speaking, etc., about, concerning,π. νόστου ἄκουσα Od.19.270
;οἶδα γὰρ εὖ π. κείνου 17.563
;π. πομπῆς μνησόμεθα 7.191
;π. πατρὸς ἐρέσθαι 1.135
, 3.77 ; π. τινὸς ἐρέειν, λέγειν, λόγον ποιήσασθαι, etc., Hdt. 1.5, S.OT 707, X.Cyr.1.6.13, etc.;λέγειν καὶ ἀκούειν π. ἑκάστου Th.4.22
, etc.;λόγος π. τινός Pl.Prt. 347b
, etc.;ἡ π. τινὸς φήμη Aeschin.1.48
; π. τινὸς ἀγγεῖλαι, κηρῦξαι, S.El. 1111, Ant. 193 ; π. τινὸς διελθεῖν, διεξελθεῖν, διηγεῖσθαι, Isoc.9.2, Pl.Plt. 274b, Euthphr.6c, etc.;παίζειν π. τινός X.Mem.1.3.8
;ἐμπειροτέρως ἔχειν π. τινός Aeschin.1.82
;νόμον γράψαι π. τινός X.HG2.3.52
, etc.;νόμῳ χρῆσθαι π. τινός S.Ant. 214
.4 of impulse or motive rather than object, ἐμαρνάσθην ἔριδος πέρι fought for very enmity, Il.7.301, cf. 16.476, 20.253.5 about, in regard to,μεμηνυμένος π. τινός Th.6.53
;οὕτως ἔσχε π. τοῦ πρήγματος τούτου Hdt.1.117
;τὰ π. τῶν Πλαταιῶν γεγενημένα Th.2.6
;τὸ π. τούτου γεγονός Plb.1.54.5
: in Prose freq. without a Verb,ἡ π. τῶν Μαντινικῶν πρᾶξις Th.6.88
; τὰ π. τινός the circumstances of.., ib.32, 8.14,26, etc. (cf. infr. C. 1.5); οὕτω δὴ καὶ π. τῶν ἀρετῶν (sc. ἔχει) Pl.Men. 72c, cf. R. 534b, 551c, etc.; π. τοῦ καταλειφθῆναι τὸν σῖτον as for reserving the corn, PMich.Zen.28.5 (iii B.C.): without the Art., ἀριθμοῦ πέρι as to number, Hdt.7.102; χρηστηρίων δὲ πέρι .. Id.2.54.III before, above, beyond, of superiority, chiefly in [dialect] Ep.,π. πάντων ἔμμεναι ἄλλων Il.1.287
;π. δ' ἄλλων φασὶ γενέσθαι 4.375
;τετιμῆσθαι π. πάντων 9.38
;ὃν π. πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης 5.325
;ὃν.. π. πάντων φίλατο παίδων 20.304
;π. πάντων ἴδριες ἀνδρῶν Od.7.108
;κρατερὸς π. πάντων Il.21.566
, cf. 1.417, Od.11.216: in this sense freq. divided from its gen., π. φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων in understanding to be beyond them, Il.17.171, cf. 1.258, Od.1.66 ;π. μὲν εἶδος, π. δ' ἔργα τέτυκτο τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν Il.17.279
;π. μὲν κρατέεις, π. δ' αἴσυλα ῥέζεις ἀνδρῶν 21.214
;π. δ' ἔγχει Ἀχαιῶν φέρτατός ἐσσι 7.289
, cf. Pi.O.6.50, Theoc. 25.119.—In this sense π. is sts. adverbial, and the gen. is absent, v. infr. E. II.IV in Hdt. and [dialect] Att. Prose, to denote value, ἡμῖν π. πολλοῦ ἐστι it is of much consequence, worth much, to us, Hdt.1. 120, cf. Antipho 6.3 ; π. πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τινας to reckon them for, i.e. worth, much, Hdt.1.73, X.Mem.2.3.10, etc.; π. πλείονος, π. πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι, Id.An.7.7.44, Cyr.7.5.60 ;π. πλείστου ἡγεῖσθαι Th.2.89
;π. παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr.1.4.1
; π. ἐλάττονος ἡγούμενοι, π. οὐδενὸς ἡγήσασθαι, Lys.2.71,31.31.V [dialect] Aeol. περί and περ = ὑπέρ, στροῦθοι περὶ γᾶς.. δίννεντες πτέρα Sapph.1.10; περ κεφάλας prob. in Alc.93, cf. 18 ;περρ ἁπαλῶ στύματός σε πεδέρχομαι Theoc.29.25
; also Hellenistic, ὃ διέγραψε Προῖτος περί μου paid on my behalf, PCair. Zen.790.23 (iii B. C.), cf. UPZ57.12 (ii B. C.).B WITH DATIVE (in [dialect] Att. Prose mostly in signf. 11, esp. in Th.),I of Place, round about, around, of close-fitting dresses, armour, etc.,ἔνδυνε π. στήθεσσι χιτῶνα Il.10.21
;χιτῶνα π. χροῒ δῦνεν Od.15.60
;δύσετο τεύχεα καλὰ π. χροΐ Il.13.241
;ἕσσαντο π. χροῒ χαλκόν Od.24.467
;κνημῖδας.. π. κνήμῃσιν ἔθηκε Il.11.17
;βεβλήκει τελαμῶνα π. στήθεσσι 12.401
: in Prose,π. τῇσι κεφαλῇσι εἶχον τιάρας Hdt.7.61
;θώρακα π. τοῖς στέρνοις ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.13
; οἱ στρεπτοὶ οἱ π. τῇ δέρῃ καὶ τὰ ψέλια π. ταῖς χερσί ib.1.3.2. ;π. τῇ χειρὶ δακτύλιον ὄντα Pl.R. 359e
, etc.;χαλκὸς ἔλαμπε π. στήθεσσι Il.13.245
;χιτῶνα π. στήθεσσι δαΐξαι 2.416
;πήληξ.. κονάβησε π. κροτάφοισι 15.648
; in other relations, π. δ' ἔγχεϊ χεῖρα καμεῖται will grow weary by grasping the spear, 2.389 ;δράκων ἑλισσόμενος π. χειῇ 22.95
;κνίση ἑλισσομένη π. καπνῷ 1.317
;π. σταχύεσσιν ἐέρση 23.598
;μάρναντο π. Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσιν 18.453
: rarely in Trag.,π. βρέτει πλεχθείς A.Eu. 259
(lyr.);κεῖται νεκρὸς π. νεκρῷ S.Ant. 1240
.2 in Poets, also, around a weapon, i. e. spitted upon it, transfixed by it,π. δουρὶ πεπαρμένη Il.21.577
;ἐρεικόμενος π. δουρί 13.441
;κυλινδόμενος π. χαλκῷ 8.86
;π. δουρὶ ἤσπαιρε 13.570
;πεπτῶτα π. ξίφει S.Aj. 828
;αἷμα ἐρωήσει π. δουρί Il.1.303
.3 of a warrior standing over a dead comrade so as to defend him,ἀμφὶ δ' ἄρ' αὐτῷ βαῖν', ὥς τις π. πόρτακι μήτηρ 17.4
; ἑστήκει, ὥς τίς τε λέων π. οἷσι τέκεσσι ib. 133 ; Αἴας π. Πατρόκλῳ.. βεβήκει ib. 137, cf. 355 ;π. σκύμνοισι βεβηκώς Ar.Eq. 1039
.II of an object for or about which one struggles (cf. supr. A. 11.1),π. οἷσι μαχειόμενος κτεάτεσσι Od.17.471
;μαχήσασθαι π. δαιτί 2.245
;π. παιδὶ μάχης πόνος Il.16.568
;ἄνδρα π. ᾗ πατρίδι μαρνάμενον Tyrt.10.2
;π. τοῖς φιλτάτοις κυβεύειν Pl.Prt. 314a
;π. τῇ Σικελίᾳ ἔσται ὁ ἀγών Th.6.34
codd.;κινδυνεύειν π. αὑτῷ Antipho 5.6
.2 with Verbs denoting care, anxiety, or the opposite (cf. supr. A. 11.2),π. γὰρ δίε ποιμένι λαῶν, μή τι πάθοι Il.5.566
;ἔδεισεν δὲ π. ξανθῷ Μενελάῳ 10.240
, cf. 11.557;δεδιότες π. τῷ χωρίῳ Th.1.60
, cf. 74, 119, Ar.Eq.27;θαρρεῖν π. τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ Pl.Phd. 114d
, cf. Tht. 148c;π. πλέγματι γαθεῖ Theoc.1.54
.3 generally, of the cause or occasion, on account of, by reason of, ἀτύζεσθαι π. καπνῷ, v.l. for ὑπὸ καπνοῦ in Il.8.183;μὴ π. Μαρδονίῳ πταίσῃ ἡ Ἑλλάς Hdt.9.101
;π. σφίσιν αὐτοῖς πταῖσαι Th.6.33
;π. αὑτῷ σφαλῆναι Id.1.69
: in Poets, π. δείματι for fear, Pi.P.5.58 ; π. τιμᾷ in honour or praise, ib.2.59; π. τάρβει, π. φόβῳ, A.Pers. 696 (lyr.), Ch.35(lyr.);π. χάρματι h.Cer. 429
:—but π. θυμῷ is f.l. in Hdt.3.50.C WITH ACCUSATIVE,I of Place, prop. of the object round about which motion takes place, π. βόθρον ἐφοίτων came flocking round the pit, Od.11.42 ;π. νεκρὸν ἤλασαν ἵππους Il.23.13
;π. τέρματα ἵπποι τρωχῶσι 22.162
; ἄστυ πέρι.. διώκειν ib. 173, 230 ;ἐρύσας π. σῆμα 24.16
, cf. 51, etc.;π. φρένας ἤλυθ' ἰωή 10.139
;π. φρένας ἤλυθε οἶνος Od.9.362
: also of extension round, ἑστάμεναι π. τοῖχον, π. βωμόν, Il.18.374, Od.13.187, etc.;λέξασθαι π. ἄστυ Il.8.519
;μάρνασθαι π. ἄ. 6.256
, etc.;φυλάσσοντας π. μῆλα 12.303
; οἳ π. Πηνειὸν.. ναίεσκον, π. Δωδώνην.. οἰκί' ἔθεντο, 2.757, 750;σειρήν κεν π. ῥίον Οὐλύμποιο δησαίμην 8.25
, cf. Od.18.67: in Prose,ἰκριῶσαι π. τὼ ἀγάλματε IG12.371.22
;φυλακὰς δεῖ π. τὸ στρατόπεδον εἶναι X.An. 5.1.9
; π. τὴν κρήνην εὕδειν somewhere near it, Pl.Phdr. 259a, cf. X.Cyr. 1.2.9;εἶναι π. τὸν λαγώ Id.Cyn.4.4
; π. λίθον πεσών upon it, Ar.Ach. 1180; π. αὑτὰ καταρρεῖν collapse upon themselves, D.2.10;ταραχθεῖσαι [αἱ νῆες] π. ἀλλήλας Th.7.23
; πλεῦνες π. ἕνα many to one, Hdt.7.103 ; π. τὸν ἄρξαντα.. τὸ ἀδίκημά ἐστι is imputable to him who.., Antipho 4.4.2 : freq. with a Subst. only, ἡ π. Λέσβον ναυμαχία the sea-fight off Lesbos, X.HG2.3.32 ;οἱ π. τὴν Ἔφεσον Pl.Tht. 179e
;στρατηγοὶ π. Πελοπόννησον IG12.324.18
: strengthd.,π. τ' ἀμφί τε τάφρον Il.17.760
;π. τ' ἀμφί τε κύματα Hes.Th. 848
; cf. ἀμφί c. 1.2.2 of persons who are about one,ἔχειν τινὰ π. αὑτόν X.HG5.3.22
; esp. οἱ π. τινά a person's attendants, connexions, associates, or colleagues,οἱ π. τὸν Πείσανδρον πρέσβεις Th.8.63
; οἱ π. Ἡράκλειτον his school, Pl.Cra. 440c, cf. X.An.1.5.8, etc.; οἱ π. Ἀρχίαν πολέμαρχοι Archias and his colleagues, Id.HG5.4.2, cf. An.2.4.2, etc.; οἱ π. τινά so-and-so and his family, PGrenf.1.21.16 (ii B.C.), etc.; later οἱ π. τινά, periphr. for the person himself, οἱ π. Φαβρίκιον Fabricius, Plu.Pyrrh.20, cf. Tim.13, IGRom.3.883.14 (Tarsus, ii/iii A.D.); cf. ἀμφί C. 1.3.3 of the object about which one is occupied or concerned, π. δόρπα πονεῖσθαι, π. δεῖπνον πένεσθαι, Il.24.444, Od.4.624 (but π. τεύχε' ἕπουσι, tmesis for περιέπουσι, Il.15.555); later mostly εἶναι π. τι, Th.7.31, X.HG2.2.4;γενέσθαι Isoc.3.12
; π. γυναῖκας γενέσθαι Vett. Val.17.20;ὄντων ἡμῶν π. ταύτην τὴν πραγματείαν D.48.6
;διατρῖψαι π. τὴν θήραν X.Cyr.1.2.11
, etc.: less freq.ἔχειν π. τινάς Id.HG7.4.28
, Gal.15.442; in periphr. phrases, οἱ π. τὴν ποίησιν καὶ τοὺς λόγους ὄντες poets and orators, Isoc.12.35 ;οἱ π. τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὄντες Id.9.8
; οἱ π. τὴν μουσικήν ib.4 ; οἱ π. τὰς τελετάς ministers of the mysteries, Pl.Phd. 69c ; ὁ π. τὸν ἵππον the groom, X. Eq.6.3; cf. ἀμφί C. 1.6.4 round or about a place, and so in,π. νῆσον ἀλώμενοι Od.4.368
, cf. 90;ἐμέμηκον π. σηκούς 9.439
; ἃν π. ψυχὰν γάθησεν in his heart, Pi.P.4.122 ;χρονίζειν π. Αἴγυπτον Hdt.3.61
, cf. 7.131;εὕροι ἄν τις [βασιλείας] π. τοὺς βαρβάρους Pl.R. 544d
, etc.; οἱπ. Φωκίδα τόποι Plb.5.24.12
, etc.5 about, in the case of, τὰ π. τὴν Αἴγυπτον γεγονότα, τὰ π. Μίλητον γενόμενα, Hdt.3.13, 6.26 ;εὐσεβεῖν π. θεούς Pl.Smp. 193a
;ἀσεβεῖν π. ξένους X.Cyr.5.2.10
;ἁμαρτάνειν π. τινάς Id.An.3.2.20
;ἀνήρ ἐστιν ἀγαθὸς π. τὸν δῆμον τὸν Ἀθηναίων IG12.59.10
;ἄνδρ' ἀγαθὸν ὄντα Μαραθῶνι π. τὴν πόλιν Ar.Ach. 696
;τοιαύτην γνώμην ἔχειν π. τὸν πατέρα Lys.10.21
;οὐδεμία συμφορὴ.. ἔσται.. π. οἶκον τὸν σόν Hdt.8.102
; ποιέειν or πράττειν τι π. τινά, Id.1.158, Pl.Grg. 507a;τὰ π. Πρηξάσπεα πρηχθέντα Hdt.3.76
;καινοτομεῖν π. τὰ θεῖα Pl. Euthphr.3b
;π. θεοὺς μὴ σωφρονεῖν X.Mem.1.1.20
; σπουδάζειν π. τινά promote his cause, Isoc.1.10: without a Verb,αἱ π. τοὺς παῖδας συμφοραί X.Cyr.7.2.20
;ἡ π. αὑτὸν ἐπιμέλεια Isoc.9.2
;ἡ π. ἡμᾶς ἡνιόχησις Pl.Phdr. 246b
: generally, of all relations, about, concerning, in respect of,π. μὲν τοὺς ἰχθύας οὕτως ἔχει Hdt.2.93
, cf. 8.86;πονηρὸν π. τὸ σῶμα Pl.Prt. 313d
;ἀκόλαστος π. ταῦτα Aeschin.1.42
; γελοῖος π. τὰς διατριβάς ib.126 ;ξυνηνέχθη θόρυβος π. τὸν Ἀστύοχον Th.8.84
; as to (cf. A. 11.5),π. τὸ παρὸν πάθος Pl.Tht. 179c
, cf. Phd. 65a : freq. in place of an Adj., ὄργανα ὅσα π. γεωργίαν, i.e. γεωργικά, Id.R. 370d ;οἱ νόμοι οἱ π. τοὺς γάμους Id.Cri. 50d
;αἱ π. τὰ μαθήματα ἡδοναί Id.Phlb. 51e
; also in place of a gen., οἱ π. Αυσίαν λόγοι the speeches of L., Id.Phdr. 279a; ἡ π. Φίλιππον τυραννίς the despotism of P., X.HG5.4.2 ;ἀκρασίας τῆς π. τὸν θυμόν Arist.EN 1149b19
: in Prose, to denote circumstances connected with any person or thing, τὰ π. Κῦρον, τὰ π. Ἑλένην, τὰ π. Βάττον, Hdt.1.95, 2.113, 4.154 ; τὰ π. τὸν Ἄθων the works at Mount Athos, Id.7.37; τὰ π. τὰς ναῦς naval affairs, Th.1.13; τὰ π. τὴν ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for τῆς ναυμαχίας ) the events of.., Id.8.63;τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον Pl.R. 468a
;τὰ π. τὸ σῶμα Id.Phdr. 246d
;τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς X.Cyr.8.1.23
, etc.; cf. ἀμφί c.1.4.II of Time, π. λύχνων ἁφάς about the time of lamp-lighting, Hdt.7.215; π. μέσας νύκτας about midnight, X.An.1.7.1; π. πλήθουσαν ἀγοράν ib.2.1.7; π. ἡλίου δυσμάς ib.6.5.32 ;π. τούτους τοὺς χρόνους Th.3.89
, etc.2 of round numbers, π. ἑβδομήκοντα about seventy, Id.1.54;π. ἑπτακοσίους X.HG2.4.5
, etc.D Position: π. may follow its Subst., when it suffers anastrophe,ἄστυ πέρι Il.22.173
;ἔριδος πέρι 16.476
: most freq. with gen.,τοῦδε πράγματος πέρι A.Eu. 630
;τῶνδε βουλεύειν πέρι Id.Th. 248
, etc. (S. only once uses it before its gen., Aj. 150 (anap.)): in Prose,σφέων αὐτῶν πέρι Hdt.8.36
;σοφίας πέρι Pl.Phlb. 49a
;δικαίων τε πέρι καὶ ἀδίκων Id.Grg. 455a
, etc.; , cf. Ap. 19c.E περί abs., as ADV., around, about, also, near, by, freq. in Hom.,γέλασσε δὲ πᾶσα π. χθών Il.19.362
, al.: strengthd., round about,h.Cer.
276, cf. Call.Hec.1.1.13.II before or above others (cf. A. 111), exceedingly, only [dialect] Ep., in which case it commonly suffers anastrophe,Τυδεΐδη, πέρι μέν σε τίον Δαναοί Il.8.161
, cf. 9.53; σε χρὴ πέρι μὲν φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι ib. 100; ;ἅ οἱ πέρι δῶκεν Ἀθήνη Od.2.116
, cf. 7.110; ;πέρι κέρδεα οἶδεν 2.88
; .2 π. does not suffer anastrophe in the [dialect] Ep. phrase π. κῆρι right heartily,π. κῆρι φίλησε Il.13.430
, etc. ( κῆρι φιλεῖν alone, 9.117);ἀπέχθωνται π. κῆρι 4.53
; π. κῆρι τιέσκετο ib.46, cf. Od.5.36, 7.69;π. κῆρι.. ἐχολώθη Il.13.206
; alsoπ. φρεσὶν ἄσπετος ἀλκή 16.157
;π. φρεσὶν αἴσιμα ᾔδη Od.14.433
;ἀλύσσοντες π. θυμῷ Il.22.70
, cf. Od.14.146;π. σθένεϊ Il.17.22
.4 περὶ κάτω bottom upwards,δῖνος π. κάτω τετραμμένος Stratt.34
, cf. Phot.;τὴν κόγχην στρέψας π. τὰ κάτω Ael.NA9.34
.F IN COMPOS. all its chief senses recur, esp.I extension in all directions as from a centre, all round, as in περιβάλλω, περιβλέπω, περιέχω.II completion of an orbit and return to the same point, about, as in περιάγω, περιβαίνω, περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo), περιέρχομαι, περιστρέφω.III a going over or beyond, above, before, as in περιβαίνω III, περιβάλλω v, περιγίγνομαι, περιεργάζομαι, περιτοξεύω.IV generally, a strengthening of the simple notion, beyond measure, very, exceedingly, as in περικαλλής, περίκηλος, περιδείδω, like Lat. per-.V the notion of double-ness which belongs to ἀμφί is found in only one poetic compd., περιδέξιος (q.v.).G PROSODY: περί never suffers elision in Il. or Od. (περ' ἰγνύσι h.Merc. 152
); once in Hes., (cf. Q.S.3.601, 11.382), v. ἰάχω fin.;περ' ἰγνύῃσι Theoc.25.242
;περ' Ἠδάλιον Inscr.Cypr. 135.27
H.; also in Pi.,περάπτων P.3.52
;περόδοις N.11.40
; ;περ' αὐτᾶς P.4.265
;ταύτας περ' ἀτλάτου πάθας O.6.38
: not in Trag. (περεβάλοντο, περεσκήνωσεν are ff. ll. in A.Ag. 1147, Eu. 634); in Com. and codd. of Prose writers only in part. of περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo) (q. v.):—π. stands before a word beginning with a vowel in Com., περὶ Ἀθηνῶν, περὶ ἐμοῦ, Ar.Eq. 1005 sq.:—[dialect] Aeol. περρ metri gr., v. A. 5. -
8 ὅς
ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrasesAὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325
, h.Ap. 156 ;ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70
(elsewh.οὗ Il. 7.325
, al., never οἷο); fem.ἕης Il.16.208
(perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. onlyἧς 5.265
, al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. ὁ, ἡ, τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. ἥ and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have ἥ in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. ὁ, ἡ, τό): with γάρ orκαί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286
;ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198
;ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190
, Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it,μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59
, cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art.,Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1
;ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76
;ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81
; soτῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187
(Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ;ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102
, Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ;ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99
;πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71
(as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv.,ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81
;ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1
: very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons.,ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6
;ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21
, etc.B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also ὁ, ἡ, τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relat.):I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec.,φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87
;τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12
: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun,λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369
; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ;πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a
; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ;τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8
.β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94
: it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..
of me whom..,S.
OC 731; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη
one of the thousands, which..,12.97
;αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..
one of those who..,E.
Or. 920: rare in Prose,ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310
, cf. Lys.1.32.3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν
a name which..,D.
19.44 ; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec.,ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54
;τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108
, cf. 2.17, 124, etc.II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows,ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64
, cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat.,Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69
, cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44;σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156
(anap.);φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a
.3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.;οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170
;οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475
;ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b
: freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ;ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672
;ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815
; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:a [tense] pres. ind.,τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175
;κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445
; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ;Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160
(lyr.): also afterὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157
, etc.b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν:ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378
;οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407
:—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses,Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731
, cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ;πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29
, cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense,ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666
; after an opt., .IV peculiar Idioms:1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ;ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d
.2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc.,ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514
, cf. D.19.211, etc.;ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56
;ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b
, cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj.,ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16
;ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938
: c. inf.,ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33
(but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. ἅ may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ orἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81
, cf. Hes.Op. 327 ;συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056
;τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44
;τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14
.4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'
that they may..,Il.
9.165 : and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ;πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209
(troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt.,ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c
: also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses,γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365
(perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ;γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71
(in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att.,ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118
, cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ;πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46
, cf. D.52.7;δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26
;γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11
(iii B. C.).b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).7 in exclamations,ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146
. 0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.2 , called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf.ὅστις 1
.V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc. 0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.; , v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.; , S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances,οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049
;εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a
, etc.; in some places,E.
Or. 638 ;οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..
in some places.., in others..,Arist.
Oec. 1345b34 : c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583];ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a
;συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17
.2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; soοὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86
, cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.);ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13
: in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. ᾗ.2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence)μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11
;ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).IV acc. sg. neut. ὅ, very freq. = ὅτι, that, how that, , al.; and so also, because, ,al.2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. ἅ in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.------------------------------------ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.Aοἷο Il.3.333
, Od.1.330, al.,οὗ 23.150
, al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ;ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761
; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art.,τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280
;τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153
, etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag., (lyr.); (iamb.);ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955
(iamb.): with Art.,λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641
;ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442
;τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266
, cf. 525 (lyr.);τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248
: so in Cret. Prose,τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46
; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt.,γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205
; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); andIII of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.) -
9 παραδίδωμι
παραδίδωμι (Pind., Hdt.+) pres. 3 sg. παραδίδει (-δίδη cod. [ApcEsdr 3:12 p. 27, 23 Tdf.]), subj. 3 sg. παραδιδῷ and παραδιδοῖ 1 Cor 15:24 (B-D-F §95, 2; W-S. §14, 12; Mlt-H. 204), ptc. παραδιδούς; impf. 3 sg. παρεδίδου Ac 8:3 and 1 Pt 2:23, pl. παρεδίδουν Ac 16:4 v.l.; 27:1 and παρεδίδοσαν 16:4 (B-D-F §94, 1; Mlt-H. 202); fut. παραδώσω; 1 aor. παρέδωκα; 2 aor. indic. παρέδοσαν Lk 1:2; 2 aor. subj. 3 sg. παραδῷ and παραδοῖ Mk 4:29; 14:10, 11; J 13:2 (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt-H. 210f), impv. παράδος, ptc. παραδούς; pf. παραδέδωκα, ptc. παραδεδωκώς (Ac 15:26); plpf. 3 pl. παραδεδώκεισαν Mk 15:10 (on the absence of augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Pass.; impf. 3 sg. παρεδίδετο 1 Cor 11:23b (-δίδοτο is also attested; B-D-F §94, 1; Mlt-H. 206); 1 fut. παραδοθήσομαι; 1 aor. παρεδόθην; perf. 3 sg. παραδέδοται Lk 4:6, ptc. παραδεδομένος (Ac 14:26).① to convey someth. in which one has a relatively strong personal interest, hand over, give (over), deliver, entrustⓐ a thing τινί τι (Jos., Ant 4, 83; Mel., P. 42, 290; 292; 294) τάλαντά μοι Mt 25:20, 22. αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ vs. 14. ὑμῖν τὴν γῆν 1 Cl 12:5. τινὶ τὴν κτίσιν Hv 3, 4, 1; λίθους Hs 9, 7, 1; ἀμπελῶνα 5, 6, 2. Also in the sense give back, restore, give up (X., Hell. 2, 3, 7 τινί τι) αὐτῷ τὴν παρακαταθήκην ἣν ἔλαβον Hm 3:2.—Pass., w. the thing easily supplied fr. the context ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται Lk 4:6.—παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα J 19:30 (ApcMos 42; cp. TestAbr B 12 p. 117, 4f [Stone p. 82] Σαρρα … παρέδωκε τὴν ψυχήν; ParJer 9:8; ApcEsdr 7:14) needs no dat.: he gave up his spirit voluntarily. ἄνθρωποι παραδεδωκότες τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου men who have risked ( pledged Field, Notes 124) their lives for the name of the Lord Ac 15:26. καὶ ἐὰν παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου ἵνα καυθήσομαι and if I give up my body to be burned 1 Cor 13:3 (Maximus Tyr. 1, 9i τῇ Αἴτνῃ αὐτοῦ παραδοὺς σῶμα; Syntipas p. 60, 11 πυρὶ σεαυτὴν παραδίδως). ὅταν παραδιδοῖ τ. βασιλείαν τῷ θεῷ when (Christ) delivers the kingship to God 15:24.ⓑ hand over, turn over, give up a person ([Lat. trado] as a t.t. of police and courts ‘hand over into [the] custody [of]’ OGI 669, 15; PHib 92, 11; 17; PLille 3, 59 [both pap III B.C.]; PTebt 38, 6 [II B.C.] al.—As Military term ‘surrender’: Paus. 1, 2, 1; X., Cyr. 5, 1, 28; 5, 4, 51.) τινά someone Mt 10:19; 24:10; 27:18; Mk 13:11; Ac 3:13. Pass. Mt 4:12; Mk 1:14; Lk 21:16. τινά τινι Mt 5:25 (fr. one official to another, as UPZ 124, 19f [II B.C.]; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 11 [Stone p. 78]); 18:34; 27:2; Mk 10:33b; cp. 15:1; Lk 12:58; 20:20; J 18:30, 35; Ac 27:1; 28:16 v.l.; Hs 7:5; 9, 10, 6; Pass. Lk 18:32; J 18:36; Hv 5:3f; m 4, 4, 3; Hs 6, 3, 6b; 9, 11, 2; 9, 13, 9; 9, 20, 4; 9, 21, 4. τὸν Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν Lk 23:25.—Esp. of Judas (s. Brown, Death I 211f on tendency of translators to blur the parallelism of Judas’ action to the agency of others in the passion narrative), whose information and action leads to the arrest of Jesus, w. acc. and dat. ἐγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν Mt 26:15. Cp. Mk 14:10; Lk 22:4, 6; J 19:11. Pass. Mt 20:18; Mk 10:33a. Without a dat. Mt 10:4; 26:16, 21, 23; Mk 3:19; 14:11, 18; Lk 22:48; J 6:64, 71; 12:4; 13:21. Pass. Mt 26:24; Mk 14:21; Lk 22:22; 1 Cor 11:23b (NRSV et al. render ‘betrayed’, but it is not certain that when Paul refers to ‘handing over’, ‘delivering up’, ‘arresting’ [so clearly Posidon.: 87 Fgm. 36, 50 Jac. παραδοθείς ‘surrendered’] he is even thinking of the action taken against Jesus by Judas much less interpreting it as betrayal; cp. Ac 3:13 παρεδώκατε). ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτόν (παραδιδούς με) his (my) informer (on the role of a מסוֹר in Israelite piety s. WKlassen, Judas ’96, 62–66; but Ac 1:18 the action of Judas as ἀδικία) Mt 26:25, 46, 48; Mk 14:42, 44; Lk 22:21; J 13:11; 18:2, 5. Cp. Mt 27:3, 4; J 21:20. The article w. pres. ptc. connotes the notoriety (cp. the use of traditor in Tacitus, Histories 4, 24) of Judas in early tradition. His act is appraised as betrayal Lk 6:16, s. προδότης.—τινὰ εἰς χεῖράς τινος deliver someone/someth. into someone’s hands (a Semitic construction, but paralleled in Lat., cp. Livy 26, 12, 11; Dt 1:27; Jer 33:24; Jdth 6:10; 1 Macc 4:30; 1 Esdr 1:50. Pass. Jer 39:4, 36, 43; Sir 11:6; Da 7:25, 11:11; TestJob 20:3; ParJer 2:7 τὴν πόλιν; AscIs 2:14; cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 20) Ac 21:11. Pass. Mt 17:22; 26:45; Mk 9:31; 14:41; Lk 9:44; 24:7 (NPerrin, JJeremias Festschr., ’70, 204–12); Ac 28:17. ἡ γῆ παραδοθήσεται εἰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ D 16:4b. Also ἐν χειρί τινος (Judg 7:9; 2 Esdr 9:7; cp. 2 Ch 36:17; 1 Macc 5:50; Just., D. 40, 2 ὁ τόπος τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑμῶν παραδοθήσεται) 1 Cl 55:5b.—W. indication of the goal, or of the purpose for which someone is handed over: in the inf. (Jos., Bell. 1, 655) παραδιδόναι τινά τινι φυλάσσειν αὐτόν hand someone over to someone to guard him (X., An. 4, 6, 1) Ac 12:4. W. local εἰς (OGI 669, 15 εἰς τὸ πρακτόρειόν τινας παρέδοσαν; PGiss 84 II, 18 [II A.D.] εἰς τ. φυλακήν): εἰς συνέδρια hand over to the local courts Mt 10:17; Mk 13:9. εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς καὶ φυλακάς hand someone over to the synagogues and prisons Lk 21:12. εἰς φυλακήν put in prison Ac 8:3; cp. 22:4. Also εἰς δεσμωτήριον (of a transcendent place of punishment: cp. PGM 4, 1245ff ἔξελθε, δαῖμον, … παραδίδωμί σε εἰς τὸ μέλαν χάος ἐν ταῖς ἀπωλείαις) Hs 9, 28, 7. ἑαυτοὺς εἰς δεσμά give oneself up to imprisonment 1 Cl 55:2a. W. final εἰς (cp. En 97:10 εἰς κατάραν μεγάλην παρα[δο]θήσεσθε): ἑαυτοὺς εἰς δουλείαν give oneself up to slavery 55:2b (cp. Just., D. 139, 4). εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι hand over to be crucified Mt 26:2. εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι κτλ. 20:19. εἰς θλῖψιν 24:9. εἰς κρίμα θανάτου Lk 24:20. εἰς κρίσιν 2 Pt 2:4. εἰς θάνατον hand over to death (POxy 471, 107 [II A.D.]): Mt 10:21 (Unknown Sayings, 68 n. 3: by informing on the other); Mk 13:12; Hm 12, 1, 2f; pass.: ending of Mk in the Freer ms.; 2 Cor 4:11; 1 Cl 16:13 (Is 53:12); B 12:2; Hs 9, 23, 5. π. ἑαυτὸν εἰς θάνατον give oneself up to death 1 Cl 55:1; fig. hand oneself over to death Hs 6, 5, 4. εἰς θλῖψιν θανάτου παραδίδοσθαι be handed over to the affliction of death B 12:5. π. τὴν σάρκα εἰς καταφθοράν give up his flesh to corruption 5:1.—ἵνα stands for final εἰς: τὸν Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ he handed Jesus over to be crucified Mt 27:26; Mk 15:15; cp. J 19:16.—π. alone w. the mng. hand over to suffering, death, punishment, esp. in relation to Christ: κύριος παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 Cl 16:7 (cp. Is 53:6).—Ro 8:32. Pass. 4:25; cp. B 16:5. π. ἑαυτὸν ὑπέρ τινος Gal 2:20 (GBerényi, Biblica 65, ’84, 490–537); Eph 5:25. παρέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ he gave himself to God for us as a sacrifice and an offering vs. 2.—π. τινὰ τῷ σατανᾷ εἰς ὄλεθρον τῆς σαρκός hand someone over to Satan for destruction of his physical body 1 Cor 5:5. οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ σατανᾷ, ἵνα whom I have turned over to Satan, in order that 1 Ti 1:20 (cp. INikaia I, 87, 4f of someone handed over to the gods of the netherworld for tomb violation [New Docs 4, 165]; also the exorcism PGM 5, 334ff νεκυδαίμων, … παραδίδωμί σοι τὸν δεῖνα, ὅπως … ; s. the lit. s.v. ὄλεθρος 2; also CBruston, L’abandon du pécheur à Satan: RTQR 21, 1912, 450–58; KLatte, Heiliges Recht 1920; LBrun, Segen u. Fluch im Urchr. ’32, 106ff). The angel of repentance says: ἐμοὶ παραδίδονται εἰς ἀγαθὴν παιδείαν they are turned over to me for good instruction Hs 6, 3, 6a (Demetr. Phaler. [IV/III B.C.] Fgm. 164 FWehrli ’49: Demosthenes παραδίδωσι ἑαυτὸν τῷ Ἀνδρονίκῳ to be initiated into dramatic art).—ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ they gave themselves over to debauchery Eph 4:19. ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τ. αἰῶνος τούτου Hs 6, 2, 3. ταῖς τρυφαῖς καὶ ἀπάταις 6, 2, 4. παρεδώκατε ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὰς ἀκηδίας Hv 3, 11, 3 (s. ἀκηδία). Of God, who punishes evil-doers: παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν he abandoned them to impurity Ro 1:24 (for the thought cp. 1QH 2:16–19. See also EKlostermann, ZNW 32, ’33, 1–6 [retribution]). εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας to disgraceful passions vs. 26. εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν vs. 28. παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Ac 7:42. God, the All-Gracious One, is the subject of the extraordinary (s. lit. διδαχή 2) expression εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς = τῷ τύπῳ δ. εἰς ὸ̔ν π. (obedient) to the form of teaching, for the learning of which you were given over i.e. by God Ro 6:17 (cp. the ins. fr. Transjordania in Nabataean times NGG Phil.-Hist. Kl. Fachgr. V n.s. I, 1, ’36, p. 3, 1 Abedrapsas thanks his paternal god: παρεδόθην εἰς μάθησιν τέχνης=‘I was apprenticed to learn a trade’. AFridrichsen, ConNeot 7, ’42, 6–8; FBeare, NTS 5, ’59, 206–10; UBorse, BZ 12, ’68, 95–103; FDanker, Gingrich Festschr., ’72, 94).② to entrust for care or preservation, give over, commend, commit w. dat. (cp. PFlor 309, 5 σιωπῇ παραδ. ‘hand over to forgetfulness’; Just., A II, 5, 2 τὴν … τῶν ἀνθρώπων … πρόνοιαν ἀγγέλοις … παρέδωκεν ‘[God] entrusted angels with concern for humans’; Tat. 7, 3 τῇ σφῶν ἀβελτερίᾳ παρεδόθησαν ‘they were handed over to their own stupidity’) παραδίδοσθαι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ κυρίου ὑπό τινος be commended by someone to the grace of the Lord Ac 15:40. Ἀντιόχεια, ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸ ἔργον Antioch, from which (city they had gone out) commended to the grace of God for the work 14:26.—παρεδίδου τῷ κρίνοντι he committed his cause to the one who judges 1 Pt 2:23.③ to pass on to another what one knows, of oral or written tradition, hand down, pass on, transmit, relate, teach (Theognis 1, 28f passes on what he himself learned as παῖς, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν; Pla., Phil. 16c, Ep. 12, 359d μῦθον; Demosth. 23, 65; Polyb. 7, 1, 1; 10, 28, 3; Diod S 12, 13, 2 π. τινί τι pass on someth. to future generations εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν αἰῶνα; Plut., Nic. 524 [1, 5]; Herm. Wr. 13, 15; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 60 τὴν κατὰ νόμους παραδεδομένην εὐσέβειαν; PMagd 33, 5 of a report to the police concerning the facts in a case; Just.; A I, 54, 1 τὰ μυθοποιηθέντα) Lk 1:2. παραδόσεις Mk 7:13 (of the tradition of the Pharisees, as Jos., Ant. 13, 297; cp. the rabbinic term מָסַר); 1 Cor 11:2. ἔθη Ac 6:14. ὁ ἡμῖν παραδοθεὶς λόγος the teaching handed down to us Pol 7:2 (Just., D. 53, 6). ἡ παραδοθεῖσα αὐτοῖς ἁγία ἐντολή 2 Pt 2:21 (ApcMos 23 τὴν ἐντολήν μου ἣν παρέδωκά σοι). ἡ παραδοθεῖσα τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστις Jd 3. τὰ παραδοθέντα (Philo, Fuga 200) Dg 11:1. παρεδίδοσαν αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν τὰ δόγματα they handed down to them the decisions to observe Ac 16:4.—(In contrast to παραλαμβάνειν [the same contrast in Diod S 1, 91, 4; 3, 65, 6; 5, 2, 3; PHerm 119 III, 22; BGU 1018, 24; PThéad 8, 25]) pass on 1 Cor 11:23a; 15:3; AcPlCor 2:4; EpilMosq 2. W. a connotation of wonder and mystery (of mysteries and ceremonies: Theon Smyrn., Expos. Rer. Math. p. 14 Hiller τελετὰς παραδιδόναι; Diod S 5, 48, 4 μυστηρίων τελετὴ παραδοθεῖσα; Strabo 10, 3, 7; Wsd 14:15 μυστήρια καὶ τελετάς. ParJer 9:29 τὰ μυστήρια … τῷ Βαρούχ; Just., D. 70, 1 τὰ τοῦ Μίθρου μυστήρια παραδιδόντες; cp. 78, 6. Cp. Herm. Wr. 13, 1 παλιγγενεσίαν; PGM 4, 475) πάντα (πᾶς 1dβ) μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τ. πατρός μου Mt 11:27; Lk 10:22 (cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 32 πάτερ … παρέδωκας αὐτῷ [ὁ σὸς ἄνθρωπος is meant] τὴν πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν; in Vett. Val. 221, 23 astrology is ὑπὸ θεοῦ παραδεδομένη τ. ἀνθρώποις.—For lit. on the saying of Jesus s. under υἱός 2dβ).—S. παράδοσις, end.④ to make it possible for someth. to happen, allow, permit (Hdt. 5, 67; 7, 18 [subj. ὁ θεός]; X., An. 6, 6, 34 [οἱ θεοί]; Isocr. 5, 118 [οἱ καιροί]; Polyb. 22, 24, 9 τῆς ὥρας παραδιδούσης) ὅταν παραδοῖ ὁ καρπός when the (condition of the) crop permits Mk 4:29.—On the whole word: WPopkes, Christus Traditus, ’67.—M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. -
10 φυλάσσω
φυλάσσω (-ττ-Ar. [Milne 76, 32]; s. Gignac I 152f) fut. φυλάξω; 1 aor. ἐφύλαξα; pf. πεφύλαχα. Pass.: 1 fut. 3 pl. φυλαχθήσονται (TestSol 13:8 C; JosAs 15:6); 1 aor. ἐφυλάχθην; pf. 3 sg. πεφύλακται Ezk 18:9, ptc. πεφύλαγμένος LXX (also PsSol 6:2; Just., D. 102, 4) (Hom.+).① to carry out sentinel functions, watch, guard, act.ⓐ φυλάσσειν φυλακάς Lk 2:8 (s. also 2 below; φυλακή 1). φυλάσσειν κατὰ φρουράν GPt 9:35 (φρουρά 1).ⓑ τινά guard someone to prevent the pers. fr. escaping (Plut., Mor. 181a) Mk 15:25 D; Ac 12:4; 28:16. Pass. Lk 8:29; Ac 23:35.ⓒ abs. stand guard (Hom. et al.) GPt 8:33.② to protect by taking careful measures, guard, protect, act.ⓐ φυλάσσειν φυλακάς Lk 2:8 (s. also 1a above).ⓑ w. acc. someone or someth. τινά someone (ChronLind D, 47 τούς ἀνθρώπους τούτους θεοὶ φυλάσσουσι; Ex 23:20; Pr 13:6; ParJer 6:10; ApcSed 7:11; ApcMos 7) J 17:12 (w. τηρέω as Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 150); 2 Pt 2:5. Of Joseph (in the sense of Mt 1:25) GJs 13:1; 14:2. τὶ someth. (Gen 3:24; TestJob 9:3 οἶκον; ParJer 3:11 τὰ σκεύη τῆς λειτουργίας ApcMos 28) αὐλήν Lk 11:21. τὸν πύργον (EpArist 102) Hs 9, 5, 1. πάντα τὰ στοιχεῖα Dg 7:2a. Clothes, to prevent them fr. being stolen Ac 22:20. τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ (εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον) φυλάσσειν preserve his life (for eternal life; cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 199 ἔλαιον φ. εἰς τ. λύχνους) J 12:25. τὴν παραθήκην what has been entrusted so that it is not lost or damaged 1 Ti 6:20; 2 Ti 1:14; foll. by an indication of time (Aelian, VH 9, 21 ὦ Ζεῦ, ἐς τίνα με καιρὸν φυλάττεις;) εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν vs. 12. Cp. B 19:11; D 4:13. ἀκακίαν 1 Cl 14:5 (Ps 36:37). θνητὴν ἐπίνοιαν Dg 7:1. τὴν ἁγνείαν Hm 4, 1, 1. τὴν πίστιν κτλ. 6, 1, 1. ὡς ναὸν θεοῦ φυλάσσειν τὴν σάρκα 2 Cl 9:3. τινά w. a predicate acc. (Wsd 14:24) φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους Jd 24. τινὰ ἀπό τινος (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 7; Menand., Sam. 302f S. [87f Kö.]) 2 Th 3:3 (PGM 4, 2699 φύλαξόν με ἀπὸ παντὸς δαίμονος; 36, 177 ἀπὸ παντὸς πράγματος; Sir 22:26; Ps 140:9). ἑαυτὸν ἀπό τινος (Horapollo 2, 94; Herm. Wr. p. 434, 13 Sc.; TestReub 4:8; JosAs 7:6) 1J 5:21. Of a cultic image χρῄζων ἀνθρώπου τοῦ φυλάξαντος ἵνα μὴ κλαπῇ needing a person to guard (it) so that it may not be stolen Dg 2:2.③ to be on one’s guard against, look out for, avoid mid. (Hom. et al.; LXX. Test12Patr; ParJer 2:5; Just.) w. acc. of pers. or thing avoided τινά (Aeschyl., Prom. 717; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 25 §96 τὸν Πομπήιον; 5, 8 §32: Ps.-Liban., Charact. Ep. p. 30, 12; Just., D. 82, 1) 2 Ti 4:15; IEph 7:1; ITr 7:1. τὶ (Hdt., Aristot. et al.; Jos., Bell. 4, 572) Ac 21:25; ITr 2:3. Also ἀπό τινος (PLond IV, 1349, 35; Dt 23:10; TestSim 4:5; 5:3) Lk 12:15; Hm 5, 1, 7; Hs 5, 3, 6. Foll. by ἵνα μή (B-D-F §392, 1b; cp. Gen 31:29; Just., A I, 14, 1 μή) 2 Pt 3:17.④ to hold in reserve, keep, reserve pass. (Diod S 1, 8, 7) τί τινι someth. for someone Dg 10:7.ⓐ act. observe, follow (νόμον Soph., Trach. 616; Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 1; νόμους X., Hell. 1, 7, 29; Pla., Rep. 6, 484b, Pol. 292a. Cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 18 p. 13, 31 τὰ ἤθη καὶ τὰ μαθήματα; OGI 669, 28; PTebt 407, 9; POxy 905, 9; PFay 124, 13; Wsd 6:4; Sir 21:11; 4 Macc 5:29; 15:10; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 60; TestJud 26:1; TestIss 5:1; Just., D. 11, 2 al.; Ath., R. 20 p. 73, 25) τὶ someth. Mt 19:20; Lk 18:21; 1 Ti 5:21; Hm 1:2a; 3:5ab; 4, 4, 3; 8:9; Hs 5, 3, 4. τὸν νόμον (ViEzk 17 [p. 76, 5 Sch.]; Just., D. 10, 4; Lucian, Jud. 5) Ac 7:53; 21:24; Gal 6:13. τὴν ἐντολήν Hm 1:2b; 2:7; 8:12a. τὰς ἐντολάς (Jos., Ant. 6, 336; TestZeb 5:1; TestBenj 10:3, 5; ApcEsdr 5:19; ApcMos 10; Ar. 15:3; Just., D. 46, 4) 2 Cl 8:4; B 4:11; Hv 5, 5, 7; m 2:7; 4, 2, 4ab; 4, 4, 4ab; 5, 2, 8; 12, 5, 1; Hs 5, 3, 2f al. Pass. Hm 12, 3, 4f; Hs 1:7. τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου the requirements of the law Ro 2:26 (ParJer 6:23 τὰ δικαιώματά μου). τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Lk 11:28. τὰ ῥήματα (i.e. of Christ) J 12:47 (cp. ApcMos 3 τὸ ῥῆμα). τὰ δόγματα Ac 16:4. φυλ. τὸ σάββατον keep the Sabbath B 15:2 (cp. Ex 31:16). τὴν Ἰουδαίων δεισιδαιμονίαν φυλ. practice Judean fanaticism/superstition Dg 1. τά μέτρα τῶν τῆς ἡμέρας δρόμων φυλ. 7:2b (μέτρον 2a).ⓑ OT infl. is prob. felt in the use of the mid. for the act. (s. B-D-F §316, 1) in sense a: keep, observe, follow (Lev 20:22; 26:3; Ps 118:5 al. But as early as Hesiod, Op. 263 ταῦτα φυλασσόμενοι=if you observe this; 765; Ocellus [II B.C.] c. 56 Harder φυλάττεσθαι τὸ … γίνεσθαι) ταῦτα πάντα Mt 19:20 v.l.; Mk 10:20; Lk 18:21 v.l.⑥ to store up, lay up for oneself, mid. (=‘look out for oneself’) PtK 2 p. 15, 2.—B. 752. DELG s.v. φύλαξ. M-M. TW. -
11 παρέρχομαι
παρέρχομαι (the other moods of the [tense] pres., and the [tense] impf. ( παρήρχοντο is found in Alciphr.Fr.6.15), as also the [tense] fut., are borrowed from πάρειμι ( εῖμιA ibo), cf. ἔρχομαι): [tense] aor. παρῆλθον, inf. - ελθεῖν, more rarely- ήλῠθον Theoc.22.85
(for παρενθεῖν, v. παρέρπω 11):—go by, beside, or past, pass by, of a ship, Od.16.357 ;ἧος μέγα κῦμα παρῆλθεν 5.429
; of birds, 12.62 ; of persons, A.Supp. 1004, etc.; [ παρῆλθεν ὁ κίνδυνος] ὥσπερ νέφος passed away, D.18.188.2 of Time, pass, Hdt. 2.86 ;παρεληλύθει τὰ Διονύσια Aeschin.3.69
; ὁ παρελθὼν χρόνος time past, E.Fr. 1028 (anap.) ; ὁ π. ἄροτος the past season, S. Tr.69 ; π. ὁδοί wanderings now gone by, Id.OC 1397 ;οἱ παρεληλυθότες πόνοι Pl. Phdr. 231b
, X.An.4.3.2 ;τῆς παρελθούσης νυκτός Pl.Prt. 310a
; ἐν τῷ παρελθόντι χρόνῳ in time past, of old, X.Cyr.8.8.20, etc. ; τὰ παρεληλυθότα past events, D.18.191 ; τὸ παρελθόν, opp. τὸ μέλλον, Arist. Ph. 218a9 ; ὁ παρεληλυθώς (sc. χρόνος) Id.Po. 1457a18, cf. Cat. 5a8, S.E.P.3.106.IIpass by, outstrip, esp. in speed, τινα Il.23.345;ποσὶν μή τίς με παρέλθῃ Od.8.230
; π. ἐν δόλοισιν surpass in wiles, 13.291 ;οὔ με δόλῳ παρελεύσεαι Thgn. 1285
; (lyr.) ; ; π. τῇ πρώτῃ στρατείᾳ to be superior, have the advantage, Aeschin.3.129 ;τοὺς λόγους τἄργα παρέρχεται D.10.3
; τὸ ψυχρὸν τοῦτ' ὄνομα, τὸ ἄχρι κόρου, παρελήλυθε has outdone that hackneyed phrase, 'to satiety', Id.19.187.2outwit, elude, 'give the go-by to', μὴ δὴ οὕτως.. κλέπτε νόῳ, ἐπεὶ οὐ παρελεύσεαι οὐδέ με πείσεις (unless in signf. v) Il.1.132 ; ;φυλακὰς.. ἐούσας οὐδὲν χαλεπὰς παρελθεῖν Hdt.3.72
;π. τὴν πεπρωμένην τύχην E.Alc. 695
;τὴν ἐν τῷ ὅλῳ ψυχήν Plot.6.7.11
;τὰς αἰτίας καὶ τὰς διαβολάς D.18.7
.III pass on and come to a place, arrive at,ἐς τὰ δίκαια Hes.Op. 216
;εἰς τὴν δυναστείαν D.9.24
;εἰς τὴν οὐσίαν Luc. Gall.12
;ἐπὶ τὰ πράγματα Id.DMort.12.4
.2 passin,ἐς τὴν αὐλήν Hdt.3.77
, 5.92.γ ; ἔσω or εἴσω π. go into a house, etc., A.Ch. 849, S.El. 1337, etc.;ἔσω θυρῶνος Id.OT 1241
;εἴσω παρὰ τοὺς γηγενεῖς Ar.Nu. 853
: c. acc.,π. δόμους E.Med. 1137
, Hipp. 108 ; of an army,π. εἰς τὴν πόλιν βίᾳ X.An.5.5.11
;π. εἴσω Πυλῶν D.18.35
.3 metaph., εἰς παροιμίαν παρῆλθε τὸ πρᾶγμα passed into a proverb, Arist.Fr. 593 ; εἰς τὴν τραγικὴν.. ὀψὲ π. [ ἡ ὑπόκρισις] Id.Rh. 1403b23.IV pass without heeding,τεὸν βωμόν Il. 8.239
; disregard, slight ;νόμους D.37.37
; pass over, omit, οὐδὲν π. Ar.V. 637, cf. Pl.Phdr. 278e, etc.Vpass unnoticed, escape the notice of(v. supr. 11.2), mostly of things, πολλά με καὶ συνιέντα π. Thgn.419 ;οὐδέ μ' ὄμματος φρουρὰν παρῆλθε τόνδε μὴ λεύσσειν στόλον S.Tr. 226
; : abs., .VI come forward to speak, ἐς τὸν δῆμον π. Th.5.45;εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν Aeschin.3.95
: freq. abs.,ταῦτα ἔλεγε παρελθὼν ὁ Ἀριστείδης Hdt.8.81
; , cf.Av. 1612 ; παρελθὼν ἔλεξε τοιάδε, π. εἶπε, Th. 2.59, X.Ap.10 ;ὁ βουλόμενος παρελθὼν ἐλεγξάτω Lys.25.14
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παρέρχομαι
-
12 περίειμι
II to be superior to another, surpass, excel, c.gen.pers., , cf. Emp.113, Hdt.3.146, X.Mem.3.7.7: c. acc. rei,περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων Il.13.631
;περίεσσι γυναικῶν εἶδός τε μέγεθός τε Od.18.248
, cf. 19.326, etc.; , cf. Od.1.66: later c. dat. rei, σοφίᾳ τῶν Ἑλλήνων π. Pl.Prt. 342b, cf. Smp. 222e;τῇ ἐπιμελείᾳ π. τῶν φίλων X.An.1.9.24
: without gen. pers., to be superior, ναυσὶ πολὺ π. Th.6.22 ;πολλὸν π. πλήθεϊ Hdt.9.31
, cf. X. An.1.8.13 : abs., ἐλπὶς τοῦ περιέσεσθαι hope of success, Th.1.144, cf. Men.Sam. 134; ἐκ περιόντος ἀγωνιεῖσθαι at an advantage, Th.8.46.III to be spared, τινι Hdt.3.119: abs., survive, Id.1.11, 120, al., Hp.Prog.20 ; τῇ σεωυτοῦ μοίρῃ περίεις by your own destiny, Hdt.1.121 ; τὴν Ἑλλάδα π. ἐλευθέρην shall remain free, Id.7.139, cf. D.21.222, etc. ; of things, to be extant, still in existence, Hdt.1.92, etc.2 to be over and above, remain, freq. in part.,τὸ περιὸν τοῦ στρατοῦ Th.2.79
; esp. of property, money, etc.,ἡ περιοῦσα παρασκευή Id.1.89
;π. τινὶ εἰς τὸν ἐνιαυτόν Pl.R. 416e
; οἰόμενοι περιεῖναι χρήματά τῳ imagining that any one has a balance in his hands, D.18.227 ; τὰ περιόντα τοῦ κλήρου the surplus, balance, Pl.Lg. 923d, cf. Lys.21.16, Is.5.41; τὰ περιόντα χρήματα τῆς διοικήσεως the money remaining after paying the expenses, D.59.4, cf. IG12.91.31, PRev.Laws 16.16 (iii B.C.), etc. ; ἃ δὲ νῦν περιόντ' αὐτὸν ὑβρίζειν ἐπαίρει but the superfluous wealth which now incites him.., D.21.211.b metaph., ἐκ τοῦ περιεῦντος γενέσθαι to be a luxury, Democr.144 ; ἐκ τοῦ π. in one's leisure, D.Ep.3.36; as a work of supererogation, Phld.Mus.p.108K.;τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ π. εἰς εὐπρέπειαν ἠσκημένοις Luc.Am.33
; τοσοῦτον ὑμῖν περίεστι τοῦ πρὸς ἐμὲ μίσους you have such an excess of hatred against me, Ps.Philipp. ap. D.12.7 ; τοσοῦτον αὐτῷ περιῆν (sc. τῆς ὕβρεως) D.21.17, cf. Philostr.VA3.46, Ael.NA5.34, Aristid.Or.22(19).6, al.; τοσοῦτον περίεστιν (sc. τῆς ὕβρεως (, ὥστε τοὺς ἠδικημένους πρὸς συκοφαντοῦσιν D.55.29
.3 to be left over and above, to be the net result, ὑμῖν περίεστιν ἐκ τούτων the net result to you of all this is.., Id.13.20 ; ἐνίοις.. τὸ μηδὲν ἀναλῶσαι.. περίεστιν to some the net result is that they spend nothing, Id.21.155 ;ὥστε μηδὲν ἄλλ' ἢ τὰς αἰσχύνας αὐτῷ περιεῖναι Aeschin.1.154
; ψηφίσμαθ' ὑμῖν περιέσται, βελτίω δ' οὐδ' ὁτιοῦν τὰ πράγματ' ἔσται you will have plenty of decrees, but.., D. Prooem.21.3 : c. inf., ; cf. περιγίγνομαι.------------------------------------A ibo). [In Com. the ι in περί is sts. elided in the part., περιών, περιόντες, Pherecr.186, Phryn.Com.3.4, Pl.Com.193, Antiph.279, and the part. is so written in Pap. of Arist.Ath.53.1, Hyp.Dem.Fr.4, Lyc.2, also in all or some codd. of Th.1.30, al., X.HG 3.2.25, D.4.10, 48, al.]: go round, fetch a compass, Hdt.2.138, etc. ; π. κατὰ νώτου τισί get round and take them in rear, Th.4.36; π. κατὰ τὰς κώμας go round to every village, Pl.Min. 320c ;π. κατ' ἀγρούς Lys.31.18
.b go about, Hp.Fract.15, Gland.12 ; , cf. 48,6.14, 18.158, etc. ; κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν π. Phryn.Com. l. c.2 c. acc. loci, go round, compass,π. τὸν νηὸν κύκλῳ Hdt.1.159
; π. φυλακάς go round the guards, visit them, Id.5.33 ; ;ἐν κύκλῳ περιῄει πάντα Id.Pl. 709
;ὁ ἥλιος κύκλῳ π. τὴν σελήνην Pl.Cra. 409b
, cf. La. 183b ;τὴν Ἑλλάδα περιῄει X.An.7.1.33
; αἰ μὴ περιιεῖεν [τὰν ἱερὰν γᾶν] IG22.1126.18(Amphict. Delph.); of sounds,αὐλῶν σε περίεισιν πνοή Ar.Ra. 154
.II come round to one, esp. in one's turn or by inheritance, ἡ ἀρχή, βασιληΐη περίεισι ἔς τινα, Hdt.1.120, 2.120.2 of revolving periods, χρόνου περιιόντος as time came round, ib. 121.α', 4.155 ; ; περι (ι) όντι τῷ θέρει, τῷ ἐνιαυτῷ, Th.1.30, X.HG 3.2.25.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > περίειμι
-
13 ἔχω
ἔχω (A), [ per.] 2sg. ἔχεισθα cj. in Thgn. 1316 ( ἔχοισθα cod.), ἔχῃσθα cj. in Sapph.21 ( ἔχεισθα cod.); [ per.] 2sg. subj.Aἔχῃσθα Il.19.180
: [tense] impf. εἶχον, [dialect] Ep.ἔχον Od.2.22
, al., [dialect] Ion. and poet.ἔχεσκον Il.13.257
, Hdt.6.12, Epigr.Gr.988.6 ([place name] Balbilla): [tense] fut. ἕξω, [dialect] Ep. inf.ἑξέμεναι Call.Aet.3.1.27
(of duration) or σχήσω (of momentary action, esp. in sense check, v. infr. A. 11.9, not found in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. or NT); [ per.] 2sg. codd.: [tense] aor. 1 ἔσχης α f.l.in Nonn.D.17.177, alsoἔσχα IG3.1363.6
, 14.1728, [ per.] 3pl. μετ-έσχαν ib.12(7).271.12 (Amorgos, iii A.D.): [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον, imper. , E.Hipp. 1353 (anap.) ( σχέ only in Orac. ap. Sch.E.Ph. 638 (dub.l.), sts. in compds. in codd., as , ); subj.σχῶ Il.21.309
, etc.; opt.σχοίην Isoc. 1.45
, in compds. σχοῖμι (asμετάσχοιμι S.OC 1484
(lyr.),κατάσχοιμεν Th.6.11
); [ per.] 3pl.σχοίησαν Hyp.Eux.32
,σχοῖεν Th.6.33
; inf.σχεῖν Il. 16.520
, etc., [dialect] Ep.σχέμεν 8.254
(in Alexandr. Gr. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. 2εἴχοσαν AP5.208
(Posidipp. or Asclep.), v.l. in Ev.Jo.15.22,ἔσχοσαν Scymn.695
): for the poet. form ἔσχεθον, v. Σχέθω: [tense] pf. , εἴσχηκα in Inscrr. of iii/i B.C., SIG679.54, etc.; [dialect] Ep. ὄχωκα is dub., v. συνόχωκα:—[voice] Med., [tense] impf.εἰχόμην Pi.P.4.244
, etc.: [tense] fut.ἕξομαι Il.9.102
, etc.; σχήσομαι ib. 235, Ar.Av. 1335, more freq. in compds. ( ἀνα-) A.Th. 252, ( παρα-) Lys.9.8, etc.: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. παρ-έσχημαι in med. sense, X.An.7.6.11, etc.: [tense] aor. 2ἐσχόμην Hom.
, Hdt.6.85, rare in [dialect] Att. exc. in compds.; imper.σχέο Il.21.379
,σχέσθε 22.416
, later σχοῦ in compds. ( ἀνά- ) E. lon947, etc.; inf.σχέσθαι Od.4.422
, Hes.Fr.79:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. [voice] Med. ἐν-έξομαι in pass. sense, E.Or. 516, D.51.11, laterσχεθήσομαι Gal.UP15.3
, freq. in compds. (συ- ) Phld.Ir.p.83 W., (ἐν- ) Plu.2.98 of, ( ἐπι-) S.E.P.1.186: [tense] aor. 1ἐσχέθην Arr.An.5.7.4
, 6.11.2, Aret.SA2.5, (κατ-, συν-) Plu.Sol. 21, Hp.Int. 45 vulg.: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. σχήσομαι in pass. sense, Il.9.235 (dub.), 655, 13.630: [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med. in pass. sense,ἐσχόμην Il.17.696
, al., Hdt. 1.31 (σχέτο Il.7.248
, 21.345), part.σχόμενος Od.11.279
, prob. in Isoc.19.11, ( κατα-) Pi.P.1.10, Pl.Phdr. 244e, Parth.33.2 (s.v.l.): [tense] pf.ἔσχημαι Paus.4.21.2
; also in compds., freq. written - ίσχημαι, -ήσχημαι in codd. of late authors. (I.-E. seĝh- (cf. Skt. sáhate 'overpower', Goth. sigis 'victory', Gr. ἔχ- dissim. fr. ἔχ-), reduced form sĝh-(σχ-), whence redupl. ἴσχω ( = si-sĝh-o) (q.v.): cf. ἕκ-τωρ, ἕξω, ἕξις; but hέχ- IG12.374.161, al., is a mere error (ἔχ- ib.12.116.4, 16).)A Trans., have, hold:I possess, of property, the most common usage, Od.2.336, 16.386, etc.; οἵ τι ἔχοντες the propertied class, Hdt.6.22; ὁ ἔχων a wealthy man, S.Aj. 157 (anap.);οἱ ἔχοντες E.Alc.57
, Ar.Eq. 1295, Pl. 596; οἱ οὐκ ἔχοντες the poor, E.Supp. 240;κακὸν τὸ μὴ 'χειν Id.Ph. 405
; ἔχειν χρέα to have debts due to one, D. 36.41, cf. 37.12; to have received,θεῶν ἄπο κάλλος ἐ. h.Ven.77
;τι ἔκ τινος S.OC 1618
;παρά τινος Id.Aj. 663
;πρός τινος X.An.7.6.33
, etc.;ὑπὸ.. θεοῖσι h.Ap. 191
; πλέον, ἔλασσον ἔ.. (v. h. vv.): in [tense] aor., acquire, get, : also [tense] fut.σχήσω, δύναμιν Th.6.6
;λέχος E.Hel.30
, cf. Pi.P.9.116:—[voice] Pass., to be possessed,ἔντεα.. μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ἔχονται Il.18.130
, cf. 197.2 keep, have charge of,ἔχον πατρώϊα ἔργα Od. 2.22
;κῆπον 4.737
;Εἰλείθυιαι.. ὠδῖνας ἔχουσαι Il.11.271
;πύλαι.., ἃς ἔχον Ὧραι 5.749
, 8.393;τὰς ἀγέλας X.Cyr.7.3.7
; διαιτητῶν ἐχόντων τὰς δίκας having control of, D.47.45; to be engaged in, φυλακὰς ἔχον kept watch, Il.9.1, 471;σκοπιὴν ἔχεν Od.8.302
;ἀλαοσκοπιὴν εἶχε Il. 10.515
, 13.10; σκοπιὴν ἔ. τινός for a thing, Hdt.5.13;δυσμενῶν θήραν ἔχων S.Aj. 564
, etc.; ἐν χερσὶν ἔ. τι (v. χείρ).b metaph., of a patient, οὐκ ἔχει ἑωυτόν is not himself, Hp.Int.49.3 c. acc. loci, inhabit,οὐρανόν Il.21.267
;Ὄλυμπον 5.890
; haunt, [Νύμφαι] ἔχουσ' ὀρέων αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα Od.6.123
;Βρόμιος ἔχει τὸν χῶρον A.Eu.24
; esp. of tutelary gods and heroes, Th.2.74, X.Cyr.8.3.24; of men,πόλιν καὶ γαῖαν Od.6.177
, 195, etc.; Θήβας ἔσχον ( ἔσχεν codd.) ruled it, E.HF 4; ἔχεις γὰρ χῶρον occupiest it, S.OC37, cf. Od.23.46; in military sense, ἔ. τὸ δεξιόν (with or without κέρας) Th.3.107, X.An.2.1.15; of beasts,τὰ ὄρη ἔ. Id.Cyn.5.12
.4 have to wife or as husband (usu. without γυναῖκα, ἄνδρα), οὕνεκ' ἔχεις Ἑλένην καί σφιν γαμβρὸς Διός ἐσσι Od. 4.569
, cf.7.313, Il.3.53, etc.;ἔσχε ἄλλην ἀδελφεήν Hdt.3.31
, cf. Th.2.29;νυμφίον Call.Aet.3.1.27
; also of a lover, Th.6.54, AP5.185 (Posidipp.), etc.;ἔχω Λαΐδα, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔχομαι Aristipp.
ap. D.L.2.75, cf. Ath. 12.544d:—in [voice] Pass.,τοῦ περ θυγάτηρ ἔχεθ' Ἕκτορι Il.6.398
.6 [tense] pres. part. with Verbs, almost, = with,ἤϊε ἔχων ταῦτα Hdt.3.128
, cf. 2.115;ὃς ἂν ἥκῃ ἔχων στρατόν Id.7.8
.δ', cf. X.Cyr.1.6.10.—Prose use.7 of Place, ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ ἔ. τι keep it on one's left, i.e. to keep to the right of it, Od.3.171;ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρὸς ἔ. 5.277
; ἐν δεξιᾷ, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔ., Th.3.106; τοὺς οἰκέτας ὑστάτους ἔ. X.Cyr.4.2.2: but in [tense] aor., get,περιπλώοντες τὴν Λιβύην τὸν ἥλιον ἔσχον ἐς τὰ δεξιά Hdt.4.42
.8 of Habits, States, or Conditions, bodily or mental,γῆρας λυγρὸν ἔ Od.24.250
;ἀνεκτὸν ἔχει κακόν 20.83
;ἕλκος Il.16.517
;λύσσαν 9.305
;μάχην ἔ. 14.57
;ἀρετῆς πέρι δῆριν ἔ. Od.24.515
; ὕβριν ἔ. indulge in.., 1.368, etc.; [ Ἀφροδίτην] 22.445; [φρένας] ἔ. Il.13.394
, etc.;βουλήν 2.344
;τλήμονα θυμόν 5.670
; , cf. Od.14.490 (for later senses of νοῦν ἔχειν, v. νοῦς); ἄλγεα Il.5.895
, etc.;ἄχεα θυμῷ 3.412
;πένθος μετὰ φρεσίν 24.105
;πένθος φρεσίν Od.7.219
;πόνον.. καὶ ὀϊζύν Il.13.2
, Od.8.529;οὐδὲν βίαιον Hdt.3.15
;πρήγματα ἔ. Id.7.147
, cf. Pl.Tht. 174b, etc.: in periphrastic phrases, ποθὴν ἔ. τινός, = ποθεῖν, Il.6.362; ἐπιδευὲς ἔ. τινός, = ἐπιδεύεσθαι, 19.180; ἔ. τέλος, = τελεῖσθαι, 18.378; κότον ἔ. τινί, = κοτεῖσθαι, 13.517;ἐπιθυμίαν τινός E.Andr. 1281
;φροντίδα τινός Id.Med. 1301
; ἡσυχίην ἔ. keep quiet, Hdt.2.45, etc. ([tense] fut.ἡσυχίαν ἕξειν D.47.29
, but οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως.. ἡ. σχήσει will not keep still for a moment, Id.1.14); αἰτίαν ἔ. to be accused, X.An.7.1.8;ὑπό τινος A.Eu.99
(but μομφὴν ἔ., = μέμφεσθαι, E.Or. 1069, A.Pr. 445): in [tense] aor., of entering upon a state, ἔσχεν χόλον conceived anger, B. 5.104; ἔχειν τι κατά τινος have something against somebody, Ev.Matt.5.23, Ev.Marc.11.25, Apoc.2.4;ἔχω τι πρός τινα Act.Ap.24.19
;ἔχειν πρός τινα 2 Ep.Cor.5.12
;ἕξει πρὸς τὸν Θεόν JRS14.85
([place name] Laodicea): —these phrases are freq. inverted,οὓς ἔχε γῆρας Il.18.515
;οὐδὲ Ποσειδάωνα γέλως ἔχε Od.8.344
;ἀμηχανίη δ' ἔχε θυμόν 9.295
;θάμβος δ' ἔχεν εἰσορόωντας Il.4.79
;σ' αὔτως κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἔχει 17.143
;Διὸς αἴσῃ, ἥ μ' ἕξει παρὰ νηυσί 9.609
(unless the antecedent is τιμῆς in 1.608);ὥς σφεας ἡσυχίη τῆς πολιορκίης ἔσχε Hdt.6.135
;ὄφρα με βίος ἔχῃ S.El. 225
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc.,φόβος μ' ἔχει φρένας A.Supp. 379
; also of external objects,αἴθρη ἔχει κορυφήν Od.12.76
;μιν ἔχεν μένος ἠελίοιο 10.160
;σε οἶνος ἔχει φρένας 18.331
; ἔχῃ βέλος ὀξὺ γυναῖκα, of a woman in travail, Il.11.269; λόγος ἔχει τινά c. inf., the story goes, that.., S.OC 1573 (lyr.); and so in later Gr., Plu.Dem.28, Ph. 1.331, Ael.VH3.14, NA5.42, Ath.13.592e;ὡς ἡ φάτις μιν ἔχει Hdt. 7.3
, cf. 5,26, 9.78 (but also ; [Κλεισθένης] λόγον ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι Id.5.66
); ὡς ἂν λόγος ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι .. Plu.Alex.38:—[voice] Pass.,ἔχεσθαι κακότητι καὶ ἄλγεσι Od.8.182
;κωκυτῷ καὶ οἰμωγῇ Il.22.409
;ὀργῇ Hdt.1.141
;νούσῳ Hp.Epid.5.6
;ἀγρυπνίῃσι Hdt.3.129
;ὑπὸ πυρετοῦ Hp.Aph.4.34
;ὑπὸ τοῦ ὕδρωπος Id.Prorrh.2.6
,ἐν ἀπόρῳ Th.1.25
;ἐν συμφοραῖς Pl.R. 395e
.9 possess mentally, understand,ἵππων δμῆσιν Il.17.476
; ;πάντ' ἔχεις λόγον A. Ag. 582
, cf. E.Alc.51;ἔχετε τὸ πρᾶγμα S.Ph. 789
; ἔχεις τι; do you understand? Ar.Nu. 733: imper. ἔχε attend! listen! Pl.Alc.1.109b; ἔ. οὖν ib. 129b: with imper., ;ἔ. νυν, ἄλειψον Id.Eq. 490
; ἔχεις τοῦτο ἰσχυρῶς; Pl.Tht. 154a; know of a thing,μαντικῆς ὁδόν S.OT 311
; τινὰ σωτηρίαν; E.Or. 778 (troch.).10 keep up, maintain, καναχὴν ἔχε made a rattling noise, Il.16.105, 794; βοὴν ἔχον, of flutes and lyres, 18.495.11 involve, admit of, , cf. Th.1.5;βάσανον Lys.12.31
;ταῦτ' ἀπιστίαν, ταῦτ' ὀργὴν ἔχει D.10.44
; ἀγανάκτησιν, κατάμεμψιν, Th.2.41;τὰ ἀόρατα νοσήματα δυσχερεστέραν ἔχει τὴν θεραπείαν Onos. 1.15
.12 of Measure or Value,τὸ Δαμαρέτειον.. εἶχε Ἀττικὰς δραχμὰς δέκα D.S.11.26
;ἔχει τὸ Εὐβοϊκὸν τάλαντον Ἀλεξανδρείους δραχμὰς ἑπτακισχιλίας App.Sic.2.2
;χοῖρος ἔχων τὸ ὕψος δύο καὶ ἡμίσους πήχεων Ptol.Euerg.9
.b Geom., ἡ ἔχουσα τὰ κέντρα the (straight line) containing the centres, Archim.Aequil.1.6; ὁ κύκλος ἔχων τὸ πολύγωνον the circle containing (circumscribing) the polygon, Id.Sph.Cyl.1.23.13 c. dupl.acc.,Ὀρφέα ἄνακτ' ἔχειν E.Hipp. 953
;Ζῆν' ἔχειν ἐπώμοτον S.Tr. 1188
;παιδιὰν ἔ. τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον Seleuc.
Alex. ap. Ath.4.155e.II hold:1 hold, ἔ. χερσίν, ἐν χερσίν, μετὰ χερσίν, etc., v. χείρ; μετὰ γαμφηλῇσιν ἔ. Il.13.200; πρόσθεν ἔ. ἀσπίδα ib. 157; ὑψοῦ, πασάων ὑπέρ, ὄπιθεν κάρη ἔ., 6.509, Od.6.107, Il. 23.136; ἔ. τινί τι to hold it for him, as his helper, 9.209, 13.600; uphold,οὐρανὸν.. κεφαλῇ τε καὶ ἀκαμάτῃσι χέρεσσι Hes.Th. 517
, 746; ἔχει δέ τε κίονας of Atlas, Od.1.53;ἐπ' ὤμων πατέρα S.Fr.
373.2 hold fast, χειρὸς ἔχων Μενέλαον holding him by the hand, Il.4.154, cf. 16.763, 11.488 (v. infr. C.I); ἔ. τινὰ μέσον grip one by the middle, of wrestlers, Ar.Nu. 1047;ἔχομαι μέσος Id.Ach. 571
, cf. Eq. 388, Ra. 469: metaph., ἔ. φρεσί keep in one's mind, Il.2.33;νῷ ἔ. τινά Pl.Euthphr.2b
, cf. R. 490a.3 of arms and clothes, bear, wear,εἷμα δ' ἔχ' ἀμφ' ὤμοισι Il.18.538
, cf. 595;παρδαλέην ὤμοισιν ἔ. 3.17
;σάκος ὤμῳ 14.376
;κυνέην κεφαλῇ Od.24.231
;τάδε εἵματ' ἔχω 17.24
, cf. 573, etc.;στολὴν ἀμφὶ σῶμα E.Hel. 554
, cf. X.Cyr.1.4.26, etc.; πολιὰς ἔχω I am grey-haired, Aeschin.1.49: abs., as a category, Arist.Cat. 2a3.4 of a woman, to be pregnant, Hdt.5.41, Hp.Epid.4.21, Arist.Pol. 1335b18; in fullἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. Hdt.3.32
; alsoπρὸς ἑωυτῇ ἔχειν Hp.Epid.1.26
.ιγ.b παῖδα ἔσχεν she had, i.e. bore, a child, Nic.Dam.11 J.7 enclose,φρένες ἧπαρ ἔχουσι Od.9.301
;σάρκας τε καὶ ὀστέα ἶνες ἔ. 11.219
;τοὺς δ' ἄκραντος ἔχει νύξ A.Ch.65
(lyr.); of places, contain,θηρῶν οὓς ὅδ' ἔχει χῶρος S.Ph. 1147
(lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.5.4; [τεῖχος] νῆας ἐντὸς ἔχον Il.12.8
;ὅσσους Κρήτη ἐντὸς ἔχει h.Ap.30
.8 hold or keep in a certain direction, ὀϊστὸν ἔχε aimed it, Il.23.871; more fullyχεῖράς τε καὶ ἔγχεα.. ἀντίον ἀλλήλων 5.569
; of horses or ships, guide, drive, steer, , cf. 11.760;φόβονδε 8.139
;τῇ ῥα.. ἔχον ἵππους 5.752
, etc.;παρὲξ ἔχε δίφρον Hes.Sc. 352
;ὅπῃ ἔσχες.. εὐεργέα νῆα Od.9.279
;παρὰ τὴν ἤπειρον ἔ. νέας Hdt.6.95
, etc.: abs., τῇ ῥ' ἔχε that way he held his course, Il.16.378, cf. 23.422; Πύλονδ' ἔχον I held on to Pylos, Od.3.182, cf. S.El. 720: metaph.,ἐπὶ ῥητορείαν ἔσχε Hsch.Mil.
(?)ap.Sch.Pl.R. 600c; also (esp. in [tense] fut. σχήσω, [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον), put in, land,νέες ἔσχον ἐς τὴν Ἀργολίδα χώρην Hdt. 6.92
;σχεῖν πρὸς τὴν Σαλαμῖνα Id.8.40
; ἐς Φειάν, τῷ Δήλῳ, κατὰ τὸ Ποσειδώνιον, Th.2.25,3.29, 4.129;τάχ' οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε S.Ph. 305
; ποῖ σχήσειν δοκεῖς; Ar.Ra. 188; ἔχε.. ἀρὰν ἐπ' ἄλλοις point it against others, S.Ph. 1119 (lyr.); ὄμμ' ἔ. to turn or keep one's eye fixed, Id.Aj. 191 (lyr.);ἐπὶ ἔργῳ θυμὸν ἔ. Hes.Op. 445
;ἄλλοσ' ὄμμα θητέρᾳ δὲ νοῦν ἔ. S.Tr. 272
;τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἐκεῖσ' ἔχει E.Ph. 360
; δεῦρο νοῦν ἔχε attend to this, Id.Or. 1181; πρός τινα or πρός τι τὸν νοῦν ἔ., Th.3.22, 7.19; soπρός τινα τὴν γνώμην ἔ. Id.3.25
.9 hold in, stay, keep back,ἵππους Il.4.302
, 16.712; check, stop, [ τινα] 23.720, etc. ( σχήσω is usu. [tense] fut. in this sense, , cf. Il.11.820, Ar.Lys. 284, D.19.272, butἕξω Il.13.51
); χεῖρας ἔχων Ἀχιλῆος holding his hands, 18.33; but οὐ σχήσει χεῖρας will not stay his hands, Od.22.70; ἔ. [δάκρυον] 16.191; ἔ. ὀδύνας allay, assuage them, Il.11.848;ἔσχε κῦμα Od.5.451
;σιγῇ μῦθον 19.502
(soεἶχε σιγῇ καὶ ἔφραζε οὐδενί Hdt.9.93
);ἐν φρεσὶ μῦθον Od.15.445
; στόμα σῖγα, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ, E.Hipp. 660, Fr.773.61 (lyr.); ; πόδα ἔξω or ἐκτός τινος ἔχειν, v. πούς:—[voice] Pass.,οὖρα σχεθέντα Aret.SA 2.5
.10 keep away from, c. gen.rei, τινὰ ἀγοράων, νεῶν, Il.2.275, 13.687; ; : c.inf.,ἦ τινα.. σχήσω ἀμυνέμεναι Il.17.182
; stop, hinder from doing,τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι X. An.3.5.11
, cf. HG4.8.5;ἔσχον μὴ κτανεῖν E.Andr. 686
, cf. Hdt.1.158, etc.;μὴ οὐ τάδ' ἐξειπεῖν E.Hipp. 658
; ὥστε μή .. X.An.3.5.11;τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν A.Eu. 691
, cf. Hdt.5.101: also c. part.,ἔ. τινὰ βουθυτοῦντα S.OC 888
(troch.); .11 keep back, withhold a thing,ὅς οἱ χρήματα εἶχε βίῃ Od.15.231
, cf. D.30.14;Ἕκτορ' ἔχει.. οὐδ' ἀπέλυσεν Il.24.115
, cf. 136; αὐτὸς ἔχε pray keep it, a civil form of declining, E.Cyc. 270.13 with predicate, keep in a condition or place,εἶχον ἀτρέμας σφέας αὐτούς Hdt.9.54
, cf. 53, Ar.Th. 230;ἔ. ἑωυτοὺς κατ' οἴκους Hdt.3.79
;σαυτὸν ἐκποδών A.Pr. 346
, cf. X.Cyr.6.1.37;σῖγα νάπη φύλλ' εἶχε E.Ba. 1085
;τοὺς στρατιώτας πολὺν χρόνον πειθομένους ἔ. X.Cyr.7.2.11
.14 hold, consider,τινὰ θέᾳ ἰκέλαν Sapph. Supp.25.3
(dub.), cf. E.Supp. 164;τινὰ ὡς προφήτην Ev.Matt.14.5
;τινὰ ὅτι προφήτης ἦν Ev.Marc.11.32
;ἔχε με παρῃτημένον Ev.Luc.14.18
, cf.POxy.292.6 (i A.D.).III c.inf., have means or power to do, to be able, c. [tense] aor. inf., Il.7.217, 16.110, etc.: c. [tense] pres. inf., Od.18.364, etc.;πόλλ' ἂν λέγειν ἔχοιμι S.Ph. 1047
: sts. with inf. omitted or supplied from context, ἀλλ' οὔ πως ἔτι εἶχε he could not, Il.17.354; οἷά κ' ἔχωμεν so far as we be able, Od.15.281;ἐξ οἵων ἔχω S.El. 1379
;ὅσον εἶχες E.IA 1452
; .b have to face, be obliged,παθεῖν Porph. Chr.63
;εἰ ἕξω βλαβῆναι Astramps.Orac.p.5
H.;βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι Ev.Luc.12.50
.2 after Hom., οὐκ ἔχω, folld. by a dependent clause, I know not..,οὐκ εἶχον τίς ἂν γενοίμαν A.Pr. 905
, cf. Isoc.12.130;οὐδ' ἔχω πῶς με χρὴ.. ἀφανίσαι S.OC 1710
;οὐκ ἔχων ὅ τι χρὴ λέγειν X.Cyr.1.4.24
;οὐκ ἔχω ποῖ πέσω S.Tr. 705
;ὅπως μολούμεθ' οὐκ ἔχω Id.OC 1743
; the two constructions combined,οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν οὔτ' ἀντιφωνεῖν οὔθ' ὅπως.. πράξαιμεν Id.Ant. 270
.IV impers. c. acc., there is.. (as in Mod. Gr.),ἔχει δὲ φυλακτήριον πρὸς τὸ μή σε καταπεσεῖν PMag.Par.1.2505
, cf. 1262, 1840.B intrans., hold oneself, i.e. keep, so and so, ἔχον [οὕτως], ὥς τε τάλαντα γυνή (sc. ἔχει) kept balanced, like the scales which.., Il.12.433; ἕξω δ' ὡς ὅτε τις στερεὴ λίθος I will keep unmoved, as a stone.., Od.19.494, cf. Il.13.679, 24.27;νωλεμέως ἐχέμεν 5.492
; ἔγχος ἔχ' ἀτρέμας it kept still, 13.557; σχὲς οὗπερ εἶ keep where thou art, S.OC 1169;ἕξειν κατὰ χώραν Ar.Ra. 793
, cf. Hdt.6.42, X.Oec.10.10; διὰ φυλακῆς ἔχοντες to keep on their guard, Th.2.81; ἔχε ἠρέμα keep still, Pl.Cra. 399e, etc.; ἔχε δή stay now, Id.Prt. 349e, Grg. 460a, etc.;ἔχ' αὐτοῦ D.45.26
.64 with Preps., to be engaged or busy, (lyr.), X.An.5.2.26, etc.;περί τινας Id.HG7.4.28
.II simply, be,ἑκὰς εἶχον Od.12.435
;ἔ. κατ' οἴκους Hdt.6.39
;περὶ πολλῶν ἔ. πρηγμάτων Id.3.128
; ἀγῶνα διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχοντα consisting in.., Id.2.91;ἔ. ἐν ἀνάγκαισι E.Ba. 88
(lyr.);ὅπου συμφορᾶς ἔχεις Id.El. 238
;ἐκποδὼν ἔχειν Id.IT 1226
, etc.2 freq. with Advbs. of manner,εὖ ἔχει Od.24.245
, etc.; καλῶς ἔχει, κακῶς ἔχει, it is, is going on well or ill, v. καλός, κακός (but [tense] fut. σχήσειν καλῶς will turn out well, D.1.9, cf. 18.45; ); οὕτως.. σχεῖν to turn out, happen thus, Pl.Ap. 39b; οὕτως ἔχει so the case stands, Ar.Pl. 110; οὕτως ἐχόντων, Lat. cum res ita se habeant, X.An.3.2.10;ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων S.Aj. 981
;οὕτω χρὴ διὰ στέρνων ἔχειν Id.Ant. 639
;οὕτως ἔ. περί τινος X.Mem.4.8.7
, cf. Hdt.6.16;πρός τι D. 9.45
;τῇδ' ἔ. S.Ph. 1336
;κοσμίως ἔ. Ar.Th. 854
;ἥδιον ἔ. πρός τινας D.9.63
; ὡς εἶχε just as he was, Hdt.1.114;ὥσπερ εἶχε Th.1.134
, X. HG4.1.30; ὡς ἔχω how I am, Ar.Lys. 610;ὥσπερ ἔχομεν Th.3.30
;τἀναντία εἶχεν D.9.41
; ἀσφαλέως, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει, = ἀσφαλές, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι, Hdt.1.86,9.27; καλῶς ἔχει no, I thank you, v. καλός.b c. gen. modi, εὖ ἔ. τινός to be well off for a thing, abound in it; καλῶς ἔ. μέθης to be well off for drink, i.e. to be pretty well drunk, Hdt. 5.20; σπόρου ἀνακῶς ἐ. to be busy with sowing, Id.8.109; εὖ ἐ. φρενῶν, σώματος, E.Hipp. 462, Pl.R. 404d;εὖ ὥρας ἔχον χωρίον Poll.5.108
; cf. ἥκω; so ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον as fast as they could go, Hdt.6.116, 9.59;ὡς τάχεος εἶχε ἕκαστος Id.8.107
;ὡς.. τις εὐνοίας ἢ μνήμης ἔχοι Th.1.22
;ὡς ὀργῆς ἔχω S.OT 345
, cf. E.Hel. 313, 857, etc.; πῶς ἔχεις δόξης; Pl.R. 456d;οὕτω τρόπου ἔχεις X.Cyr.7.5.56
;μετρίως ἔ. βίου Hdt.1.32
;ὑγιεινῶς ἔ. αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ καὶ σωφρόνως Pl.R. 571d
;οὐκ εὖ σεαυτοῦ τυγχάνεις ἔχων Philem.4.11
: also c. acc.,εὖ ἔ. τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχήν Pl.Grg. 464a
, cf. X.Oec.21.7: c. dat.,οὕτως ἐχόντων τούτων τῇ φύσει D.18.315
;πῶς ἔχετε ταῖς διανοίαις Lycurg.75
;τῇ λέξει κακῶς ἔ. Isoc.9.10
.3 lead towards,ὁδοὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἔ. Hdt.1.180
, cf. 191, 2.17; ἔ. εἴς τι to be directed, point towards,ἔχθρης ἐχούσης ἐς Ἀθηναίους Id.5.81
; τὸ ἐς τοὺς Ἀργείους ἔχον what concerns them, Id.6.19; ταῦτα ἐς τὴν ἀπόστασιν ἔχοντα ib.2, etc.; of Place, extend, reach to,ἐπ' ὅσον ἔποψις τοῦ ἱροῦ εἶχε Id.1.64
.IV after Hom., ἔχω as auxiliary, c. [tense] aor. part. giving a perfect sense,κρύψαντες ἔχουσι Hes.Op.42
;ἀποκληΐσας ἔχεις Hdt.1.37
;ἐγκλῄσασ' ἔχει Ar.Ec. 355
, cf. Th. 706; freq. in S.,θαυμάσας ἔχω OC 1140
, cf. Ant.22, al.: also in late Prose,ἀναλώσας ἔχεις Aristid. Or.18(20).1
;ὅς σφε νῦν ἀτιμάσας ἔχει E.Med.33
: less freq. c. [tense] pf. part., S.OT 701, Ph. 600, X.An.1.3.14,4.7.1: rarely c. [tense] pres. part., (lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.10.11.2 part. ἔχων, with [tense] pres., adds a notion of duration to that of present action, τί κυπτάζεις ἔ.; why do you keep poking about there? Ar.Nu. 509; τί δῆτα διατρίβεις ἔ.; why then keep wasting time? Id.Ec. 1151; τί γὰρ ἕστηκ' ἔ.; ib. 853, cf. Th. 473, 852: without interrog., φλυαρεῖς ἔ., ἔ. φλυαρεῖς, you keep chattering, Pl.Grg. 490e, Euthd. 295c;κακοῦν ἔχοντ' αὐτὸν ἀποκτιννύναι D.23.35
(and so possiblyἐνεργεῖ ἔ. Arist.Metaph. 1072b23
);παίσδεις ἔ. Theoc.14.8
: so in later Prose,παίζεις ἔ. Luc. Icar.24
; but ῥιπτεῖς ἔ.; do you throw away the prize when it is in your grasp? Aristid.1.443 J.C [voice] Med., hold oneself fast, cling closely,τῷ προσφὺς ἐχόμην Od. 12.433
, cf. Il.1.513, etc.;πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν Od.5.329
: mostly c. gen., hold on by, cling to, [ πέτρης] ib. 429;χερσὶν ἀώτου 9.435
;βρετέων A. Th.98
(lyr.);ἑξόμεσθάσου Ar.Pl. 101
; τῆς πληγῆς ἔχ εται claps his hand on the place struck, D.4.40.2 metaph., cleave, cling to,ἔργου Hdt. 8.11
, X.HG7.2.19; (iii A.D.);τῶν πραγμάτων Jul. Or.1.19a
; βιοτᾶς, ἐλπίδος, E. Ion 491, Fr. 409;τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης Th.1.140
; lay hold on, take advantage of,τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο Thgn.32
;προφάσιος ἔχεσθαι Hdt.6.94
; fasten upon, attack, D.18.79; lay claim to,ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐπωνυμιέων Hdt.2.17
; to be zealous for, [ μάχης] S.OC 424; ;κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας X.An.6.3.17
, etc.3 come next to, follow closely, ib.1.8.4;ἕπεσθαι ἐχομένους ὅτι μάλιστα τῶν ἁρμάτων Id.Cyr.7.1.9
; of peoples or places, to be close, border on, c. gen., Hdt.4.169, Th.2.96, etc.; freq. in part., τὴν ἐχομένην [τῶν νεωρίων] στοάν Aen. Tact.11.3; οἱ ἐ. the neighbouring people, Hdt.1.134; ὁ ἐχόμενος the next man, Aen.Tact.22.27; of Time, τὸ ἐχόμενον ἔτος the next year, Th.6.3;ὁ ἐ. διαλογισμός PRev.Laws 16.15
(iii B.C.); τὰ ἐχόμενα τούτοις what follows, Pl.Grg. 494e (withoutτούτοις Isoc.6.29
).5 pertain to,ὅσα ἔχεται τῶν αἰσθήσεων Pl.Lg. 661b
;ἃ διδασκάλων εἴχετο Id.Prt. 319e
;ὅσα τέχνης ἔχεται Id.Men. 94b
, etc.: esp. in Hdt. in periphrases, τὰ τῶν ὀνειράτων, καρπῶν ἐχόμενα, 1.120, 193;ὀρνίθων ἢ ἰχθύων 2.77
; σιτίων, ἐσθῆτος, 3.25,66.II bear or hold for oneself, κρήδεμνα ἄντα παρειάων σχομένη before her cheeks, Od.1.334; ἀσπίδα πρόσθ' ἔσχετο his shield, Il.12.294, cf. 298, 20.262.IV keep oneself back, abstain or refrain from, ἀϋτῆς, μάχης, 2.98, 3.84;βίης Od.4.422
;ἐχώμεθα δηϊοτῆτος ἐκ βελέων Il.14.129
;τῆς ἀγωγῆς Hdt.6.85
;τῆς τιμωρίης Id.7.169
;τῶν ἀθίκτων S.OT 891
(lyr., s.v.l.): c.inf., A.R.1.328; ; κακῶν ἄπο χεῖρας ἔχεσθαι to keep one's hands from ill, Od.22.316;Μενέλεω σχέσθαι χέρα E.Rh. 174
: abs., σχέο, σχέσθε, hold! cease! Il.21.379, 22.416.V [voice] Pass. ofἔχω B. 1
, ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἀκμῆς ἔχεται ἡμῖν τὰ πρήγματα are balanced on.., Hdt.6.11.------------------------------------ἔχω (B), -
14 φυλακίς
Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > φυλακίς
-
15 φύλαξ
A watcher, guard, sentinel, Hom. (only in Il., always masc. and in pl.),φύλακες ἄνδρες 9.477
; ἡγεμόνες φυλάκων ib.85, cf. 10.58; freq. in Trag. and [dialect] Att. (Hdt. uses φυλακός, exc. in signf. 11),φύλακ' ἐπέστησεν βοΐ A.Supp. 303
;νεὼς σῆς φ. S.Ph. 543
;δράκοντα μήλων φ. Id.Tr. 1100
, al.;φ. τοῦ τείχους Th.2.78
, cf. IG12.44.14, al.;φ. κατὰ τὰς πύλας X.HG4.4.8
;φύλακα καταστῆσαι Lys.19.31
; οἱ φ. the garrison, Th.6.100, X. An.4.2.5, etc.; φύλακες τοῦ σώματος body-guards, Pl.R. 566b;ὁ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου φ. Id.Cri. 43a
;τω-ν αἰχμαλώτων X.HG4.5.6
, etc.: λόχοι φύλακες bodies of reserve, Id.An.6.5.9: as fem.,ἔστι κἀμοὶ κλῂς ἐπὶ γλώσσῃ φ. A.Fr. 316
, cf. S.Aj.36, OC 355, E.Andr.86: metaph., flames ([etym.] φλόγες ) are calledφύλακες Ἡφαίστου κύνες Eub.75.7
(dub. l.); and the hospitable table isφ. φιλίας Timocl.13
.II guardian, keeper, protector, Hes.Op. 123, 253;κτεάνων Pi.P.8.58
; δωμάτων, χώρας φ., A.Ag. 914, S.OT 1418, etc.;παιδός Hdt.1.41
;τῆς γυναικός X.Cyr.6.3.14
;τῆς πολιτείας And.4.16
, cf. Pl.R. 374d, al.;τῆς ἀρχῆς Lys.12.94
;τω-ν νόμων Pl.Lg. 966b
;τῆς εἰρήνης Isoc.4.175
: as fem., E.Tr. 462, Pl.Plt. 305c, X.Mem.2.1.32; of a divinity,Ἄγγδιστιν.. φύλακα καὶ οἰκοδέσποιναν τοῦδε τοῦ οἴκου SIG985.51
(Philadelphia, i B. C.): also φ. Ἀργείου δορός a protector against it, E.Ph. 1094; ἐπὶ τοῖς ὠνίοις φύλακας κατεστήσατε, of the ἀγορανόμοι, Lys. 22.16.3 of things, [στήλην] ὥσπερ φ. τῆς δωρεᾶς Plu. Nic.3
.4 chain, keeper, φ. ἀργυροῦς, χαλκοῦς, IG7.3498.8 (Orop.), Inscr.Délos 1426 Bii 45; ὀμφαλὸν καὶ φύλακα περὶ αὐτόν ib.1417B i93(ii B. C.).5 bandage, Gal.19.144. (Cf.Lat. bubulcus (Ital. bifolco), subulcus.) -
16 φυλάσσω
Aφυλασσέμεναι Il.10.312
, 419; poet. [tense] impf.φύλασσε Pi.Pae.6.91
: [tense] fut.φυλάξω Od.22.195
, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐφύλαξα, [dialect] Ep.φύλ- Il.16.686
, etc.: [tense] pf.πεφύλᾰχα Ath.10.408f
, ([etym.] δια-) X.Cyr.8.6.3 (- πεφυλακ- codd.), Din.1.9 (- πεφυλακ- codd.), ([etym.] παρα-) Pl.Lg. 632a; , Arg.E.Med. ( πεφυλακέναι and πεφυκέναι codd.):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. , S.El. 1012, Ar. Ec. 831, etc.; also in pass. sense, S.Ph.48, X.Oec.4.9: [tense] aor.ἐφυλαξάμην Hdt.7.130
(v.l.), Antipho3.4.7, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.- αχθήσομαι D.H.Rh.5.6
, Gal.1.426: [tense] aor.ἐφυλάχθην Luc.Pisc.15
: [tense] pf.πεφύλαγμαι E.Fr.472.19
(anap.), cf. infr. c. 1, Lib.Or.54.74 (in pass. sense); imper., only in med. sense in early writers, , Orac. ap. Hdt.7.148; part., Il.23.343, etc.A abs., keep watch and ward, keep guard, esp. by night, ;οὐδ' ἐθέλουσι νύκτα φυλασσέμεναι Il.10.312
, cf. 419, 421; , cf. 22.195; ([voice] Med., v. infr. c);σὺν κυσὶ.. φυλάσσοντας περὶ μῆλα Il.12.303
;αὐτοῦ φ. A.Eu. 243
;τὴν μὲν ἡμέραν κατὰ διαδοχὴν φ. τὴν δὲ νύκτα καὶ ξύμπαντες Th.7.28
;ἐφύλαττον περὶ τὰ βασίλεια X.Cyr.7.5.68
;οἱ φυλάττοντες Isoc.10.34
; φ. τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις keep watch for.., Th.7.53;κατὰ θάλατταν ἐφύλαττεν ὅπως μηδὲν εἰσπλέοι X.HG2.4.29
; φ. ἕως .. watch or wait till.., Lys.1.15; φ. πηνίκα .. D.18.308: c. acc. cogn.,φυλακὰς φ. X.An.2.6.10
, Ev.Luc. 2.8.2 to be on one's guard, And.1.135.B trans., watch, guard, defend,ἀθανάτων ὅστις σε φυλάσσει Od.15.35
, cf. Il.10.417, al.; σύας, μῆλα, Od.17.593, 12.136;τὴν ἑωυτῶν Hdt.8.46
;πόλιν φ. A.Th. 136
(lyr.), IG12.108.46; ;σε φυλάττοι Ζεύς Ar.Eq. 499
(anap.);βρέτας ἧσαι φυλάσσων A.Eu. 440
; φ. τινὰ ἀπὸ τῶν δυσχωριῶν guard one from.. X.Cyr.1.4.7 (but τὴν γραῦν φ. ἀπὸ τῶν κεραμίων keep away from.., Men.Sam. 87): c. acc. et inf., ;ὁ νόμος φ. μὴ ἅπτεσθαι Pl.Lg. 838b
;φ. μηδένα περαιοῦσθαι Th. 7.17
;φ. τὸ μηδὲν ἐναντίον γενέσθαι D.18.313
: folld. by a relat. clause,φ. ἑαυτὸν ὅπως μὴ ἀδικήσει Pl.Grg. 480a
;φύλαττέ με μὴ παρακρούσωμαί σε Id.Cra. 393c
; φ. τινά, εἰ .. Id.Smp. 220d:—[voice] Pass., to be watched, kept under guard, Hdt.3.45, X.An.6.4.27.2 watch for, lie in wait or ambush for, ;νόστον φ. Il.2.251
; φ. τὸ σύμβολον look out for the signal-fire, A.Ag.8;τοὺς πολεμίους X.Lac. 12.2
;φ. τοὺς παράνομα γράφοντας D.58.34
; keep a watch on, [ τινα] Lys.1.6;τοὺς παραβαίνοντας Arist.Pol. 1289a19
.b esp. watch, wait for, observe an appointed time or a fixed event,τὴν κνρίην τῶν ἡμερέων Hdt.1.48
;φ. τὴν ἡμέραν Antipho 6.37
; φυλάξαντες νύκτα wait for night, Th.2.3;φυλάσσουσι γραφόμενοι τὸ ἀποβαῖνον Hdt.2.82
;τοὺς ἐτησίας D.4.31
: with a part. added, :φ. Ξέρξην.. δεῖπνον προτιθέμενον Id.9.110
; ἀριστοποιουμένους φ. τοὺς στρατιώταςD 23.165: folld. by a relat. clause, φ. ὅ τι χρήσεται .. Hdt.5.12.3 metaph., preserve, maintain, cherish, [ χόλον] Il.16.30;αἰδῶ καὶ φιλότητα 24.111
;ὅρκια 3.280
; φ. ἔπος observe a command, 16.686;φ. ῥῆμα Pi.I.2.9
;τελετάς Id.O.3.41
; ;τοὺς νόμους Pl. Plt. 292a
, cf. Grg. 461d, etc.;τὸ σὸν πιστόν S.OC 626
;τὰς συνθήκας Isoc.17.20
;τὰ τοῦ γάμου δίκαια POxy.905.9
(ii A. D.);λόγον πρός τινα PFlor.56.21
(iii A. D., [voice] Pass.);φ. σιγήν E.IA 542
; οὐ γὰρ ἀπειλὰς ὑμετέρας ἐφύλαξα I regarded not your threats, Call.Del. 204; φ. σκαιοσύναν cling to it, foster it, S.OC 1213 (lyr.); ;φ. τῇ μνήμῃ τὰ λεχθέντα Pl.Lg. 783c
; φ. τὸν θυμόν ib. 867a;τὴν τιμωρίαν D.21.40
;φ. καὶ ταμιεύειν πάντα τινί Lys.19.40
;τὸ μέρος τοῖς θεοῖς X.An.5.3.4
; τἀγαθά, opp. κτήσασθαι, D.1.23;μᾶλα ἐν κόλποισι Theoc.2.120
, cf. 7.64;εἰ μὴ φυλάσσεις μίκρ', ἀπολεῖς τὰ μείζονα Men. Mon. 172
; ἀθάνατον ἔχθραν μὴ φύλαττε ib.4: with a predic. added,φ. τινά δεδεμένον Antipho 5.47
;ἀδέκαστον φ. τὴν διάνοιαν D.H.Th. 34
;ἀκύμααντον τὸ πέλαγος Luc.DMar.5.1
:—[voice] Pass., ὅσος παρ' ὑμῖν ὁ φθόνος φυλάττεται is fostered by.., S.OT 382.5 notice, observe, Ath.l.c.7 c. acc., beware of, avoid,ἅπαντα ταῦτα φυλάττειν κελεύει Gal.18(2).791
.8 φ. μὴ c. subj., take care lest.. E.IA 145 (anap.), Pl.Tht. 154d; φ. ἐμὲ καὶ τηρεῖν ὅπως μή .. D.18.276.9 [voice] Med., φυλάξασθε τοῦ ἀγαπᾶν Κύριον be careful to.., LXXJo.23.11.C [voice] Med.,I abs., to be on one's guard, keep watch, Ar.Ec. 769; used by Hom. only in part.,νύκτα φυλασσομένοισι Il.10.188
; πεφυλαγμένος εἶναι to be cautious, prudent, 23.343, cf. X.HG7.5.9; with caution,Id.
Cyr.5.2.30, cf. Cyn.10.10.2 c. acc., keep a thing by one, bear it in mind or memory, Hes. Op. 263, 561; more fully, ἐν θυμῷ δ' εὖ πάντα φυλάσσεο ib. 491; , cf. Pi.O.7.40;τὰ λελεγμένα S.El. 1012
.4 c. gen., φυλάσσεσθαι τῶν νεῶν μὴ ξυντρίψωσιν act cautiously with regard to the ships, Th.4.11; beware of,τῶν εὖ φύλαξαι S.OC 161
(lyr.);Ἄρκτοι πεφυλαγμέναι ὠκεανοῖο Arat.48
;πεφύλαξο παντοίων ἀνέμων Id.930
.II φυλάσσεσθαί τι or τινα to beware of, be on one's guard against, avoid a thing or person, Sapph.27, etc.:ταῦτα Hdt.1.108
, 7.130, cf. Ar.Ra.4; τινας A.Pr. 715, 804; ;τέττιξ ποιμένας.. πεφυλαγμένος Theoc.16.95
.b ἐφυλαξάμην διαλέκτους I put in as a precaution 'except in dialects', Hdn.Gr.2.932.3 c. inf.,φυλάξομαι δὲ τάσδε μεμνῆσθαι.. ἐφετμάς A.Supp. 205
, cf. Ocell.4.13;φ. μηδὲν ἐξαμαρτεῖν Hdt.1.108
, cf. D.25.11;φ. μηδένα βαλεῖν Antipho3.4.7
; but also withoutμή, ἵνα.. τις ὕστερον φυλάσσηται ἐπὶ γῆν τὴν σὴν στρατεύεσθαι Hdt.7.5
;φ. τὸ λυπῆσαι D.18.258
;φ. ὁρᾶσθαι Arist.HA 611a28
, cf. D.H.1.70; :—two constructions joined,δισσὰ γὰρ φυλάσσεται [ψυχή], φίλων τε μέμψιν κἀς θεοὺς ἁμαρτάνειν S.Fr. 472
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > φυλάσσω
-
17 ἐπέρχομαι
Aἐπηρχόμην Th.4.120
(unless fr. ἐπάρχομαι: [dialect] Att. [tense] impf. is ἐπῇα (but v. ἔρχομαι ) and [tense] fut. ἔπειμι): [tense] aor. 2 ἐπῆλθον, [dialect] Ep. - ήλῠθον: [tense] pf. - ελήλυθα:I come upon:1 of persons, approach, c. dat., Il.12.200, 218, etc.; esp. come suddenly upon, Od.19.155, Hdt. 6.95: c. acc.,ἐ. πόλιν E.HF 593
codd. (nisi leg. ἐς-); come to for advice, μάντεις, μοῦσαν, Id.Supp. 155, Hel. 165, cf. Pl.Lg. 772d: with Preps.,ἐ. ἐς ποταμόν Od.7.280
, cf. S.Aj. 438: metaph.,ἐ. ἐς λόγου στάσιν Id.Tr. 1180
;ἐ. ἐς πόλεμον Th.3.47
;ἐ. ἐνθάδε Il.24.651
.b freq. in hostile sense, go or come against, attack, abs., 12.136, al., Th. 1.90, etc.: c. dat., Il.20.91, E.Ba. 736, Th.6.34, etc.: rarely c. acc.,τμήδην αὐχέν' ἐπῆλθε Il.7.262
; τὴν τῶν πέλας ἐ. invade it, Th.2.39: hence, visit, reprove, , cf. Andr. 688: with a Prep., invade,ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν PFay.12.12
(ii B.C.).c come forward to speak, E.Or. 931, Th.1.119, Pl.Lg. 850c; ἐ. ἐπὶ τὸν δῆμον, ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐφόρους, Hdt.5.97, 9.7;ἐπὶ τὸ κοινόν Th.1.90
; τοῖς Αακεδαιμονίοις ib.91.d in Law, proceed against,ἐπί τινα PEleph.3.3
(iii B.C.);ἐπί τινα περί τινος PAmh.2.96.8
(iii A.D.);τινὶ περί τινος POxy.489.11
(ii A.D.); ἐπὶ πιττάκιον impugn, BGU1167.14 (i B.C.): also in [tense] aor. 1ἐπελεύσασθαι PStrassb.35.25
(ii B.C.), etc. ( ἐπιπορεύομαι (q. v.) is more common in the [tense] pres. in the Hellenistic period.)2 of events, conditions, etc., come upon, esp. come suddenly upon, c. acc.,μιν.. ἐπήλυθε νήδυμος ὕπνος Od.4.793
, al., cf. Hdt.2.141; : c. dat.,τοῖσιν ἐπήλυθε νήδυμος ὕπνος Od.12.311
, cf. 5.472;μοι νοῦσος ἐπήλυθεν 11.200
; βροτοῖσιν..ὅταν κλύδων κακῶν ἐπέλθῃ A.Pers. 600
, cf. Ag. 1256;ἐπῆλθέ μοι πάθος Pl.Lg. 811d
, etc.3 c. dat. pers., come into one's head, occur to one,ἵμερος ἐπειρέσθαι μοι ἐπῆλθε Hdt.1.30
; ὅ τι ἂν ἐπέλθῃ Lat. quicquid in buccam venerit, Isoc.12.24: impers. c. inf.,καί οἱ ἐπῆλθε πταρεῖν Hdt.6.107
, cf. S.Tr. 134 (lyr.);ἐμοὶ τοιαῦτ' ἄττα ἐ. λέγειν Pl. Grg. 485e
, etc.; alsoἐπέρχεταί με λέγειν Id.Phd. 88d
.II of Time, come on, ἐπήλυθον ὧραι the season came round again, Od.2.107, etc.; also, come on, be at hand,νὺξ δ' ἄρ' ἐπῆλθε 14.457
;γῆρας ἐ. Thgn.528
, 728;ἕκαθεν ἐπελθὼν ὁ μέλλων χρόνος Pi.O.10(11).7
; τὸ παρὸν τό τ' ἐπερχόμενον πῆμα and that which is coming, the future, A.Pr.98.III go over or on a space, traverse, mostly of persons, c. acc.,πολλὴν γαῖαν Od.4.268
;ἀγρόν 16.27
;ἄγκεα πολλά Il.18.321
, cf. Od.14.139, Hdt.1.30; go the round of, visit, ;ναοὺς χοροῖς Id.Ant. 153
(lyr.); πόλιν, of a god, Maced.Pac.29; of an officer,πύλας φυλακάς τ' ἐπῆλθον E.Ph. 699
;τὰς ξυνωμοσίας ἐπελθών Th.8.54
; walk on ice, Id.3.23; also of water, ἐπέρχεται ὁ Νεῖλος τὸ Δέλτα overflows it, Hdt.2.19, cf. A.Supp. 559 (lyr.), Th.3.89.2 go through or over, discuss, recount, c. acc., Hes.Fr.160.4 codd. Str., Ar.Eq. 618; review,τὰ εἰρημένα περί τινος Arist.EN 1172b8
; alsoἐ. περί τινος Id.Ph. 189b31
, al.; folld. by an interrog.,πειρατέον ἐπελθεῖν τίνες.. Id.Pol. 1289b24
; πῶς δεῖ.. ἐπέλθωμεν συντόμως ib. 1317a15.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπέρχομαι
-
18 ἵστημι
ἵστημι (cf. ἱστάω, ἱστάνω),I causal, make to stand, imper.ἵστη Il.21.313
, E.Supp. 1230,καθ-ίστα Il.9.202
: [tense] impf. ἵστην, [dialect] Ep.ἵστασκε Od.19.574
; [ per.] 3pl.ἵσταν B.10.112
: [tense] fut. στήσω, [dialect] Dor.στᾱσῶ Theoc.5.54
: [tense] aor. 1 ἔστησα, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. ἔστᾰσαν for ἔστησαν dub. in Od.18.307, 3.182, 8.435, al. (v. ἔστᾰσαν): hence, in late Poets, ἔστᾰσας, ἔστᾰσε, AP9.714,708 (Phil.): [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med. ἐστησάμην (never intr.), v. infr.A.111.2, 3: [tense] pf.ἕστᾰκα Cerc.3
, ([etym.] καθ-) Hyp.Eux.28, UPZ 112.5 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] περι-) Pl.Ax. 370d, ([etym.] ἀφ-) LXXJe.16.5, ([etym.] παρ-) Phld.Rh. 1.9S., al., ([etym.] συν-) S.E.M.7.109; also ἕστηκα (v. infr.) in trans. sense, ([etym.] δι-) Arist.Vent. 973a18, ([etym.] ἀφ-) v.l. in LXX l.c.; ἑστακεῖα trans. in Test.Epict.1.25.II intr., stand,1 [voice] Act., [tense] aor. 2 ἔστην, [dialect] Ep.στάσκον Il.3.217
; [ per.] 3pl. ἔστησαν, more freq. in Hom. ἔσταν, στάν [ᾰ]; imper. στῆθι, [dialect] Dor.στᾶθι Sapph.29
, Theoc.23.38; subj. στῶ, [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. στήῃς, στήῃ (for στῇς, στῇ), Il.17.30, 5.598; [ per.] 1pl. στέωμεν (as disyll.) 22.231,στείομεν 15.297
; opt. σταῖεν, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.σταίησαν 17.733
; inf. στῆναι, [dialect] Ep.στήμεναι 17.167
, Od.5.414, [dialect] Dor.στᾶμεν Pi.P.4.2
; part. στάς: [tense] pf. ἕστηκα: [tense] plpf. ἑστήκειν, sts. with strengthd. augm. εἱστήκειν, as E.HF 925, Ar.Av. 513, Th.1.89, etc.; [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.ἑστήκεε Hdt. 7.152
:—from Hom. downwds. the shorter dual and pl. forms of the [tense] pf. are preferred, ἕστᾰτον, ἕστᾰμεν, ἕστᾰτε, ἑστᾶσι (IG12(8).356 (Thasos, vi B.C.), etc.), in Hdt. ἑστέᾱσι; imper.ἕστᾰθι Aristomen. 5
; subj. ἑστῶ; opt. ἑσταίην; inf. ἑστάναι, [dialect] Ep. ἑστάμεν, ἑστάμεναι ( ἑστηκέναι only late, as Ael.VH3.18); part. ἑστώς ( ἑστηκώς rare in early Gr., Hdt.2.126, Pl.Men. 93d, Lg. 802c, Arist. (infr. B.11.2), Alex.126.16,εἱστηκότα IG12.374.179
), fem. ἑστῶσα (not ἑστυῖα; but συνεστηκυιῶν prob. in Hp.Aër.10), neut. , Tht. 183e, SIG 1234 ([place name] Lycia), etc., ([etym.] καθ-) POxy.68.32 (ii A.D.), ([etym.] ἐν-) PRyl. 98 (a).10 (ii A.D.), ([etym.] παρ-) Ar.Eq. 564 (- ώς freq. v.l. as in Pl. and Ar. ll.cc., preferred by Choerob.in Theod.2.313); gen. ἑστῶτος; [dialect] Ion. ἑστεώς, ἑστεός, ῶτος; [dialect] Ep. ; dat. pl. ἑστηῶσι cj. in Antim.16.5, cf. Call.Dian. 134; Hom. does not use the nom., but has gen. ἑστᾰότος, acc. ἑστᾰότα, nom. pl. ἑστᾰότες, as if from ἑσταώς: so also [tense] plpf. ἑστάτην, ἕστᾰμεν, ἕστᾰτε, ἕστᾰσαν: late [tense] pres. ἑστήκω, formed from [tense] pf., Posidipp. ap. Ath.10.412e: hence, [tense] fut.ἑστήξω Hom. Epigr.15.14
, X.Cyr.6.2.17, Hegesipp.1.25,ἑστήξομαι X.Cyn.10.9
codd.2 [voice] Pass., ἵσταμαι: imper. , , Ar.Ec. 737: [tense] impf. ἱστάμην: [tense] fut.στᾰθήσομαι And.3.34
, Aeschin. 3.103: more freq.στήσομαι Il.20.90
, etc.: [tense] aor.ἐστάθην Od.17.463
, etc.; rarely ἔστην, [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3sg. (Argos, v B.C.): [tense] pf. ἕσταμαι ([etym.] δι-) v.l. in Pl.Ti. 81d, κατεστέαται v.l. in Hdt.1.196. (From I.-E. sthā-, cf. Skt. sthā- ([tense] aor. á-sthā-t), Lat. stare, etc.; Gr. redupl. [tense] pres. and [tense] pf. fr. si-sthā-, se-sthā-.)A Causal, make to stand, set up,πελέκεας ἑξείης Od.19.574
; ἔγχος μέν ῥ' ἔστησε φέρων πρὸς κίονα he set it against the pillar, 1.127, cf. Il. 15.126; ἱ. ἱστόν set up the loom, or raise the mast (v.ἱστός 1
and 11); κρητῆρας στήσασθαι to have bowls set up, Od.2.431; θεοῖς.. κρητῆρα στήσασθαι in honour of the gods, Il.6.528; στῆσαί τινα ὀρθόν, στ. ὀρθὰν καρδίαν, Pi.P.3.53,96;ὀρθῷ στ. ἐπὶ σφυρῷ Id.I.7(6).13
;ἐς ὀρθὸν ἱ. τινά E.Supp. 1230
; ;ὀρθὸν οὖς ἵστησιν S.El.27
; στῆσαι λόγχας, for battle, Id.Ant. 145(lyr.); esp. raise buildings, statues, trophies, etc.,ἱ. ἀνδριάντα Hdt.2.110
; ;τροπαῖον ἱ. τῶν πολεμίων Isoc.4.150
, cf.IG22.1457.26;τροπαῖον στησάμενοι X.HG2.4.7
; ;τὰ μακρὰ στῆσαι τείχη Th.1.69
; ἱ. τινὰ χαλκοῦν set him up in brass, raise a brazen statue to him, D.13.21, 19.261 (so in [tense] pf., stand,οὗτος ἕστηκε λίθινος Hdt.2.141
:—[voice] Pass.,σφυρήλατος ἐν Ὀλυμπία στάθητι Pl.Phdr. 236b
;σταθῆναι χαλκοῦς Arist.Rh. 1410a33
).II set, place, of things or persons,τρίποδ' ἔστασαν ἐν πυρί Od.8.435
, etc.; , etc.; fix,τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς εἰς τὴν γῆν Philostr.VA1.10
; esp. set men in order or array,πεζοὺς δ' ἐξόπιθε στῆσεν Il.4.298
, cf. 2.525, etc.;στῆσαί τινας τελευταίους X. Cyr.6.3.25
, etc.III bring to a standstill, stay, check,λαὸν δὲ στῆσον Il.6.433
; νέας, ἵππους, ἡμιόνους στῆσαι, Od.3.182, Il.5.755, 24.350; μύλην στῆσαι to stop the mill, Od.20.111; στῆσεν ἄρ' (sc. ἡμιόνους) 7.4; στῆσε δ' ἐν Ἀμνισῷ (sc. νῆα) 19.188;βᾶριν Iamb.Myst.6.5
; στῆσαι τὴν φάλαγγα halt it, X.Cyr.7.1.5;ἵστησι ῥοῦν Pl.Cra. 437b
, etc.; ἵ. τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν ib. 437a; στ. τὰ ὄμματα fix them, of a dying man, Id.Phd. 118; στ. τὸ πρόσωπον compose the countenance, X.Cyr.1.3.9;στήσαντες ἐπὶ τούτων τὴν διήγησιν Plb. 3.2.6
: esp. in Medic.,ἵ. κοιλίαν Dsc.1.20
; τὰς κοιλίας Philotim. ap. Orib.4.10.1;αἱμορραγίας Dsc.1.129
: abs., Arist.HA 605a29:—[voice] Med.,ἱστάμενος τῷ νοσήματι Hp.Ep.19
( Hermes 53.65).2 set on foot, stir up,κονίης.. ἱστᾶσιν ὀμίχλην Il.13.336
;ἵστη δὲ μέγα κῦμα 21.313
;νεφέλην ἔστησε Κρονίων Od.12.405
, cf. Il.5.523; of battle, etc., φυλόπιδα στήσειν stir up strife, Od.11.314;ἔριν στήσαντες 16.292
(so intr. φύλοπις ἕστηκε the fray is on foot, Il.18.172):—also in [voice] Med., στησάμενοι δ' ἐμάχοντο ib. 533, Od.9.54;πολέμους ἵστασθαι Hdt.7.9
.β', 175, 236; soἱστάναι βοήν A.Ch. 885
; ([voice] Pass., θόρυβος ἵσταται βοῆς arises, S.Ph. 1263); also of passions and states of mind, μῆνιν, ἐλπίδα στῆσαι, Id.OT 699, E.IA 788(lyr.).3 set up, appoint,τινὰ βασιλέα Hdt.1.97
; , cf. OC 1041, Ant. 666:—[voice] Med.,ἐστάσαντο τύραννον Alc.37
A;φύλακας στησόμεθα Pl.R. 484d
:—[voice] Pass.,ὁ ὑπὸ Δαρείου σταθεὶς ὕπαρχος Hdt.7.105
, cf. IG 9(1).32.23 (Stiris, ii B.C.).4 establish, institute, χορούς, παννυχίδα, Hdt.3.48, 4.76 (soστήσασθαι ἤθεά τε καὶ νόμους Id.2.35
; ); στῆσαι χορόν, Ὀλυμπιάδα, ἑορτάν, Pi.P.9.114, O.2.3, 10(11).58;κτερίσματα S.El. 433
;χορούς B.10.112
, D.21.51; οὐχ ὑγιῶς ἱστάμενος λόγον setting up a bad argument, Anon.Lond.26.34:—[voice] Pass.,ἀγορὴ ἵσταταί τινι Hdt.6.58
.5 = Lat. statuere, determine,γνῶναι καὶ στῆσαι D.H.8.68
;διαγεινώσκειν καὶ ἱστάναι Not. Arch.4.21
(Aug.):—[voice] Pass.,τὰ ὑπό τινος σταθέντα OGI665.27
(Egypt, i A.D.); τὰ ἑσταμένα Wilcken Chr.167.27 (ii B.C.).6 fix by agreement,ὁ σταθεὶς τόκος PGrenf.1.31.1
(i B.C.), cf. PFlor.14.11 (iv A.D.);τὸ ἑσταμένον ἐνοίκιον BGU253.15
(iii A.D.).IV place in the balance, weigh, Il.19.247, 22.350, 24.232, Ar.V.40; [ ἐκπώματα] Thphr.Char.18.7;ἀριθμοῦντες καὶ μετροῦντες καὶ ἱστάντες X.Cyr.8.2.21
, etc.; ἱστάναι τι πρὸς ἀργύριον weigh a thing against silver, Hdt.2.65; ἀγαθὸς ἱστάναι good at weighing, Pl.Prt. 356b; τὸ ἐγγὺς καὶ τὸ πόρρω στήσας ἐν τῷ ζυγῷ ibid., cf. Lys.10.18; ἐπὶ τὸ ἱστάναι ἐλθεῖν have recourse to the scales, Pl.Euthphr.7c:—[voice] Pass.,ἵστασθαι ἐπὶ ζυγοῦ Arr.Epict.1.29.15
; weighed,IG
11(2).161B113 (Delos, iii B.C.).B [voice] Pass. and intr. tenses of [voice] Act., to be set or placed, stand, Hom. etc., ἀγχοῦ, ἆσσον, Il.2.172, 23.97;ἄντα τινός 17.30
;ἐς μέσσον Od.17.447
;σταθεὶς ἐς μέσον Hdt.3.130
; ἀντίοι ἔσταν, ἐναντίοι ἔστησαν, Il.1.535, Od.10.391: prov. of critical circumstances,ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἵσταται ἀκμῆς Il.10.173
: freq. merely a stronger form of εἶναι, to be in a certain place or state, , etc.; ἑστάτω for ἔστω, S.Aj. 1084; τὰ νῦν ἑστῶτα,= τὰ νῦν, Id.Tr. 1271 (anap.);ἐμοὶ δ' ἄχος ἕστᾱκεν Id.Aj. 200
(lyr.): with Adv., ξυμφορᾶς ἵν' ἕσταμεν, ἵν' ἕστ. χρείας, in what case or need we are, Id.Tr. 1145, OT 1442; ποῦ τύχης ἕστηκεν; Id.Aj. 102; later also ἀδίκως, ὀρθῶς, εὐλαβῶς ἵστασθαι, behave wrongly, etc., Plb.18.3.2, 33.6.3, 18.33.4.2 take up an intellectual attitude,ὡς ἵστασθαι δεῖ περὶ χρημάτων κτήσεως Phld.Oec.p.38J.
; οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἵ. Id.Rh.1.53S.3 in pregnant sense,στῆναι ἐς.. Hdt.9.21
;στ. ἐς δίκην E.IT 962
;στ. παρά τινα Il.24.169
(but οἱ μὴ στάντες παρὰ τὰ δεινά those who did not face the danger, D.H.9.28): c. acc. loci, τί τοῦτ' αἰθερίαν ἕστηκε πέτραν; E.Supp. 987 (lyr.);στῆτε τόνδε τρίβον Id.Or. 1251
:c. acc. cogn., ποίαν μ' ἀνάστασιν δοκεῖς.. στῆναι; S.Ph. 277.II stand still, halt,ἀλλ' ἄγε δὴ στέωμεν Il.11.348
, cf. Od.6.211, 10.97; opp. φεύγω, 6.199, etc.; stand idle, Il.4.243, al.; ἑστάναι to be stationary, opp. κινεῖσθαι, Pl.R. 436c, etc.;κατὰ χώρην ἑστάναι Hdt.4.97
; οὐ μὴν ἐνταῦθ' ἕστηκε τὸ πρᾶγμα does not rest here, D.21.102, cf. 10.36; ἐὰν ἡ κοιλία στῇ if the bowels are constipated, Arist.HA 588a8: c. part.,οὐ στήσεται ἀδικῶν D.10.10
; come to a stop, rest satisfied,ἄν τις ὀρθῶς ἐπιβάλῃ, ἔπειτα σταθῇ Epicur. Fr. 423
;οὐχ ἱστάμενοι Plot.3.1.2
: impers., ἵσταται there is a stop, one comes to a stop, Arist.APr. 43a37, al.;οὐκ ἔστη ἐνταῦθα κακοῖς γενομένοις ἀποθανεῖν Plot.3.2.8
; alsoἵστασθαι μέχρι τοῦ γένους Them.in APo. 55.8
,al.2 metaph., stand firm, X.HG5.2.23;τῇ διανοίᾳ Plb.21.11.3
; of arguments or propositions, hold good, Phld.Rh.1.83, 2.192 S.: part., ἑστηκώς fixed, stable, Arist.GA 776a35, EN 1104a4, Metaph. 1047a15; (Delph., ii B.C.);λογισμὸς ἑστὼς καὶ νουνεχής Plb.3.105.9
;τέχναι οὐκ ἔχουσαι τὸ ἑστηκός, ἀλλὰ τὸ στοχαστικόν Phld.Rh.1.71S.
(so Adv. ἑστηκότως, opp. στοχαστικῶς, ib.70S.), cf. Iamb.Protr.21.κ'; χρεία ἑστηκυῖα καὶ τεταγμένη Plb.6.25.10
; ἑστηκότα θεωρήματα, ἑστηκότες σκοποί, Phld.Rh.1.2S., Po.5.22; of age,ἑστηκυῖα ἡλικία Pl.Lg. 802c
; τιμαὶ ἑστηκυῖαι fixed prices, PTeb.ined.703.177.III to be set up or upright, stand up, rise up,κρημνοὶ ἕστασαν Il.12.55
;ὀρθαὶ τρίχες ἔσταν 24.359
, cf. A.Th. 564(lyr.), Pl. Ion 535c, etc.;κονίη ἵστατο Il.2.151
;ἵστατο κῦμα 21.240
; of a horse, ἵστασθαι ὀρθός to rear, Hdt.5.111; ἵστασθαι βάθρων from the steps, S.OT 143.2 to be set up, erected, or built,στήλη, ἥ τ' ἐπὶ τύμβῳ ἑστήκῃ Il.17.435
;ἕστακε τροπαῖον A. Th. 954
(lyr.); , etc.; v. supr. A.11.3 generally, arise, begin,ἵστατο νεῖκος Il.13.333
; cf. A. 111.2.4 in marking Time, ἔαρος νέον ἱσταμένοιο when spring is not long begun, Od.19.519; ἕβδομος ἑστήκει μείς the seventh month was begun, Il. 19.117; τοῦ μὲν φθίνοντος μηνός, τοῦ δ' ἱσταμένοιο as one month ends and the next begins, Od.14.162, cf. Hes.Op. 780; later μὴν ἱστάμενος, μεσῶν, φθίνων, first in Hdt.6.57, 106, cf. And.1.121, Aeschin.3.67;σχεδὸν ἤδη μεσημβρία ἵσταται Pl.Phdr. 242a
. -
19 εὑρίσκω
εὑρίσκω (s. prec. entry; Hom.+) impf. εὕρισκον (also ηὕρισκον Ex 15:22; Da 6:5 LXX; Mel., P. [consistently]); fut. εὑρήσω; 2 aor. εὗρον, and mixed forms 1 pl. εὕραμεν (BGU 1095, 10 [57 A.D.]; Sb 6222, 12 [III A.D.]) Lk 23:2, 3 pl. εὕροσαν LXX,-ωσαν GJs 24:3 (s. deStrycker p. 247), εὕρησαν 10:1 (s. deStrycker p. 245); pf. εὕρηκα. Mid. 2 aor. εὑράμην Hb 9:12 (B-D-F §81, 3; s. Mlt-H. 208). Pass.: pres. εὑρίσκομαι; impf. 3 sg. ηὑρίσκετο; 1 fut. εὑρεθήσομαι (W-S. §15 s.v.); 1 aor. εὑρέθην (also ηὑ-LXX); perf. εὕρημαι LXX.① to come upon someth. either through purposeful search or accidentally, findⓐ after seeking, find, discover, come upon, abs. (opp. ζητεῖν, Pla., Gorg. 59 p. 503d; Epict. 4, 1, 51 ζήτει καὶ εὑρήσεις; PTebt 278, 30 [I A.D.] ζήτῶι καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκωι) Mt 7:7f; Lk 11:9f; Ox 654 (=ASyn. 247, 20) preface 5 (restored Fitzmyer); GHb 70, 17; τινὰ ζητεῖν κ. εὑ. (3 Km 1:3) 2 Ti 1:17. τινὰ or τὶ ζητεῖν κ. οὐχ εὑ. (PGiss 21, 5; Sextus 28; 4 Km 2:17; 2 Esdr 17:64; Ps 9:36; Pr 1:28; SSol 5:6; Ezk 22:30; TestJob 40:7 ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὴν καὶ μὴ εὑρών) Mt 12:43; 26:60; Mk 14:55; Lk 11:24; 13:6f; J 7:34, 36; Rv 9:6. εὑ. τινά Mk 1:37; Lk 2:45; 2 Cor 2:13. τὶ Mt 7:14; 13:46; 18:13; Lk 24:3. νομήν pasture J 10:9 (cp. La 1:6); Ac 7:11; σπήλαιον GJs 18:1; τὸ πτῶμα 24:3. The obj. acc. can be supplied fr. the context Mt 2:8; Ac 11:26; GJs 21:2 (not pap). W. the place given ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ Ac 5:22. πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης J 6:25. Pass. w. neg. εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῆς ζωῆς γεγραμμένος if anyone(’s name) was not found written in the book of life Rv 20:15 (cp. PHib 48, 6 [255 B.C.] οὐ γὰρ εὑρίσκω ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις; 2 Esdr 18:14). The pass. w. neg. can also mean: no longer to be found, despite a thorough search= disappear (PRein 11, 11 [III B.C.]) of Enoch οὐχ ηὑρίσκετο Hb 11:5 (Gen 5:24). ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν Rv 16:20; cp. 18:21. The addition of the neg., which is actually found in the Sahidic version, would clear up the best-attested and difficult rdg. of 2 Pt 3:10 καὶ γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται; other proposals in Nestle. See also Danker 2 below.ⓑ accidentally, without seeking find, come upon τινά someone (PGen 54, 31 εὑρήκαμεν τὸν πραιπόσιτον; Gen 4:14f; 18:28ff; 1 Km 10:2; 3 Km 19:19; Sir 12:17; TestSol 18:21; Just., A II, 11, 3) Mt 18:28; 27:32; J 1:41a (Diog. L. 1, 109 τὸν ἀδελφὸν εὑρών=he came upon his brother), 43, 45; 5:14; 9:35; Ac 13:6; 18:2; 19:1; 28:14. Foll. by ἐν w. dat. to designate the place (3 Km 11:29; 2 Ch 21:17; 1 Macc 2:46; Herodian 3, 8, 6) Mt 8:10; Lk 7:9; J 2:14; τὶ someth. (Gen 11:2; 26:19; Judg 15:15; 4 Km 4:39 al.; Just., D. 86, 5) Mt 13:44 (Biogr. p. 324 εὑρὼν θησαυρόν); 17:27; Lk 4:17; J 12:14 (Phot., Bibl. 94 p. 74b on Iambl. Erot. [Hercher I 222, 38] εὑρόντες ὄνους δύο ἐπέβησαν); Ac 17:23. Pass. be found, find oneself, be (Dt 20:11; 4 Km 14:14; 1 Esdr 1:19; 8:13; Bar 1:7; TestSol 7:6; GrBar 4:11) Φ. εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον Philip found himself or was present at Azotus Ac 8:40 (cp. Esth 1:5 τοῖς ἔθνεσιν τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν εἰς τ. πόλιν; also s. 4 Km 2), on the other hand, a Semitic phrase … אֱשְׁתַּכַּח בְּ=to arrive in, or at, may underlie the expr. here and in εὑρεθῆναι εἰς τ. βασιλείαν Hs 9, 13, 2 (s. MBlack, Aramaic Studies and the NT, JTS 49, ’48, 164). οὐδὲ τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ there was no longer any place for them in heaven Rv 12:8 (s. Da 2:35 Theod.); cp. 18:22, 24. οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τ. στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Pt 2:22; 1 Cl 16:10 (both Is 53:9); cp. Rv 14:5 (cp. Zeph 3:13). ἵνα εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ (i.e. Χριστῷ) that I might be found in Christ Phil 3:9 (JMoffatt, ET 24, 1913, 46).ⓒ w. acc. and ptc. or adj., denoting the state of being or the action in which someone or someth. is or is involved (B-D-F §416, 2; s. Rob. 1120f) discoverα. w. ptc. (Thu. 2, 6, 3; Demosth. 19, 332; Epict. 4, 1, 27; PTebt 330, 5 [II A.D.] παραγενομένου εἰς τ. κώμην εὗρον τ. οἰκίαν μου σεσυλημένην; Num 15:32; Tob 7:1 S; 8:13; Da 6:14; 6:12 Theod.; TestSol 1:5 D; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 25 [Stone p. 12], B 2 p. 109, 15 [Stone p. 60]; TestJob 37:8; ParJer 7:29 al.; Jos., Bell. 6, 136 τ. φύλακας εὗρον κοιμωμένους; Ath. 33, 1) εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα he finds it unoccupied (that gives the condition for his return: HNyberg, ConNeot 2, ’36, 22–35) Mt 12:44. εὗρεν ἄλλους ἑστῶτας he found others standing there 20:6 (cp. Jdth 10:6); cp. 21:2; 24:46; 26:40, 43; Mk 11:2; 13:36; 14:37, 40; Lk 2:12; 7:10; 8:35; 11:25; 12:37, 43; 19:30; Ac 5:23; 9:2; 10:27; 27:6; 2 Cl 6:9; ITr 2:2 and oft. εὗρεν αὐτὴν ὀγκωμένην GJs 13:1a; 15:2; εὗρον τὸ αἷμα (πτῶμα pap) αὐτοῦ λίθον γεγενημένον 24:3; εὗρον αὐτὸν ἔτι ζῶντα AcPl Ha 10, 12; εὑρήσετε δύο ἄνδρας προσευχομένους ibid. 19. W. ellipsis of the ptc. εὑρέθη μόνος (sc. ὤν) Lk 9:36. ὁ ὄφις … εὗρεν τὴν Εὔαν μόνην GJs 13:1b; οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον (ὄν) Lk 23:4; cp. vs. 22.β. w. adj. (TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 24 [Stone p. 30] εὗρεν αὐτῆς ζυγίας τὰς ἁμαρτίας; ApcMos 16) εὗρον αὐτὴν νεκράν Ac 5:10 (TestJob 40:11). εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασκευάστους 2 Cor 9:4.γ. elliptically w. a whole clause οὐχ οἵους θέλω εὕρω ὑμᾶς I may find you not as I want (to find you) 2 Cor 12:20. Several times w. καθώς foll.: εὗρον καθὼς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς they found it just as he had told them Mk 14:16; Lk 19:32; GJs 15:2; cp. Lk 22:13. ἵνα … εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς that they may be found (leading the same kind of life) as we 2 Cor 11:12.② to discover intellectually through reflection, observation, examination, or investigation, find, discover, transf. sense of 1 (X., Hell. 7, 4, 2; M. Ant. 7, 1; Wsd 3:5; Da 1:20 Theod.; Jos., Ant. 10, 196; Just., A I, 31, 7 al.; Ath. 17, 2 ‘create’ an artistic work) τὶ someth.: I find it to be the rule Ro 7:21. ὧδε εὑ. ἐντολήν here I find a commandment B 9:5. τινά w. ptc. foll. find someone doing someth. (Anonymi Vi. Platonis p. 7, 18 Westerm.) Lk 23:2; Ac 23:29. Likew. τὶ w. ptc. foll. Rv 3:2. τινά w. adj. foll. 2:2. W. ὅτι foll. B 16:7. (TestSol 22:11). Of the result of a judicial investigation εὑ. αἰτίαν θανάτου find a cause for putting to death Ac 13:28. εὑ. αἰτίαν, κακόν, ἀδίκημα ἔν τινι J 18:38; 19:4, 6; Ac 23:9. εἰπάτωσαν τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα let them say what wrong-doing they have discovered 24:20. ποιεῖτε ἵνα εὑρεθῆτε ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως act in order that you may pass muster in the day of judgment B 21:6. Cp. 2 Pt 3:10 w. an emendation of καὶ γῇ κατὰ τὰ (for καὶ γῆ καὶ τὰ) ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται (cp. PsSol 17:8) and the earth will be judged according to the deeds done on it (FDanker, ZNW 53, ’62, 82–86).—W. acc. of a price or measure calculated εὗρον they found Ac 19:19; 27:28. W. indir. quest. foll. Lk 5:19 which, by the use of the article, can become an object acc.: εὑ. τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν 19:48. τὸ πῶς κολάσωνται αὐτούς Ac 4:21. W. inf. foll. ἵνα εὕρωσιν κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ in order to find a charge against him Lk 6:7; 11:54 D (but there is no accusative with εὕρωσιν; cp. PParis 45, 7 [153 B.C.] προσέχων μὴ εὕρῃ τι κατὰ σοῦ ἰπῖν=εἰπεῖν. For this reason it is perhaps better to conclude that εὑρίσκω with inf.=be able: Astrampsychus p. 5 ln. 14 εἰ εὑρήσω δανείσασθαι ἄρτι=whether I will be able to borrow money now; p. 6 ln. 72; p. 42 Dec. 87, 1. Then the transl. would be: so that they might be able to bring an accusation against him). Of seeking and finding God (Is 55:6; Wsd 13:6, 9; cp. Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 36, Leg. All. 3, 47) Ac 17:27. Pass. εὑρέθην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν I have let myself be found by those who did not seek me Ro 10:20 (Is 65:1).—As נִמְצָא be found, appear, prove, be shown (to be) (Cass. Dio 36, 27, 6; SIG 736, 51; 1109, 73; 972, 65; POxy 743, 25 [2 B.C.]; ParJer 4:5; Jos., Bell. 3, 114; Just., A I, 4, 2; Tat. 41:3; Mel., P. 82, 603; Ath. 24, 4) εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα it was found that she was to become a mother Mt 1:18. εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντολὴ εἰς θάνατον (sc. οὖσα) the commandment proved to be a cause for death to me Ro 7:10. οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες; were there not found to return? Lk 17:18; cp. Ac 5:39; 1 Cor 4:2 (cp. Sir 44:20); 15:15; 2 Cor 5:3; Gal 2:17; 1 Pt 1:7; Rv 5:4; 1 Cl 9:3; 10:1; B 4:14; Hm 3:5 and oft. ἄσπιλοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι be found unstained in his judgment 2 Pt 3:14. σχήματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος when he appeared in human form Phil 2:7. εὑρεθήσομαι μαχόμνενος τῷ νόμῳ κυρίου … εὑρεθήσομαι παραδιδοὺς ἀθῶον αἷμα GJs 14:1.③ to attain a state or condition, find (for oneself), obtain. The mid. is used in this sense in Attic wr. (B-D-F §310, 1; Rob. 814; Phryn. p. 140 Lob.); in our lit. it occurs in this sense only Hb 9:12. As a rule our lit. uses the act. in such cases (poets; Lucian, Lexiph. 18; LXX; Jos., Ant. 5, 41) τὴν ψυχήν Mt 10:39; 16:25. ἀνάπαυσιν (Sir 11:19; 22:13; 28:16; 33:26; ἄνεσιν ApcEsdr 5:10) ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν rest for your souls 11:29. μετανοίας τόπον have an opportunity to repent or for changing the (father’s) mind Hb 12:17. σκήνωμα τῷ θεῷ Ἰακώβ maintain a dwelling for the God of Jacob Ac 7:46b (Ps 131:5). χάριν obtain grace (SSol 8:10 v.l.) Hb 4:16. χάριν παρὰ τῷ θεῷ obtain favor with God Lk 1:30; also ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 7:46a; GJs 11:2 (LXX as a rule ἐναντίον w. gen.; JosAs 15:14 ἐνώπιόν σου). ἔλεος παρὰ κυρίου obtain mercy from the Lord 2 Ti 1:18 (cp. Gen 19:19; Da 3:38).—The restoration [πίστιν εὑρ]ίσκομεν Ox 1081, 26 is not valid; on basis of the Coptic SJCh 90, 2 read w. Till p. 220 app.: [ταῦτα γιγν]ῴσκομεν.—B. 765; RAC VI, 985–1052. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
20 ἀνακρίνω
ἀνακρίνω (κρίνω ‘separate, decide’) fut. ἀνακρινῶ LXX, 1 aor. ἀνέκρινα, pass. ἀνεκρίθην (Thu. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; TestSol 1:3 A; TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 13f [Stone p. 32]).① to engage in careful study of a question, question, examine, of general questions (s. ἀνάκρισις; Epict. 1, 1, 20; 2, 20, 27 τὴν Πυθίαν; 1 Km 20:12; Sus 13; Jos., Ant. 5, 329) ἀ. τὰς γραφάς examine the Scriptures Ac 17:11 (ἀ. εἰ as Jos., Ant. 8, 267; 12, 197). ἀ. τοὺς λόγους inquire about the words (of the elders) Papias (2:4) (expiscabar Rufin.). μηδὲν ἀνακρίνοντες without asking questions 1 Cor 10:25, 27; Ac 11:12 v.l. (for διακρίνω).② to conduct a judicial hearing, hear a case, question, administrative term w. acc. of pers. examined (SIG 953, 46 [II B.C.] ἀνακρινάντω δὲ καὶ τ. μάρτυρας; Sus 51 Theod.; Jos., Ant. 17, 131) ἀ. τοὺς φύλακας examine the guards Ac 12:19.—28:18; 1 Cor 4:3f; 9:3; GJs 21:2 (not pap); pass. 1 Cor 4:3. Abs. conduct an examination (Sus 48) Lk 23:14. W. indication of the matter investigated ἀ. περὶ πάντων τούτων about all these matters Ac 24:8.—W. the reasons for the hearing given ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ because of a benefaction 4:9 (an incongruous situation, w. Peter in effect challenging his audience to avoid shame, for ordinarily in the Gr-Rom. world a civic award was in order for an act of rescue, s. στέφανος and σῴζω). Judicial diction may be implied 1 Cor 2:15, but s. 3.③ to examine with a view to finding fault, judge, call to account, discern (Demosth. 57, 66; 70; POxy 1209, 19; 1706, 20) πάντα 1 Cor 2:15; pass. vs. 14f; 14:24 (w. ἐλέγχειν). But s. 2 above.—M-M. TW.
См. также в других словарях:
εξαπολύω — και αξαπολυώ και ξαπολυώ (Μ ἐξαπολύω και [ἐ]ξαπολῶ και ἀξαπολῶ) δίνω άφεση, παρέχω ελευθερία νεοελλ. απευθύνω κάτι κακό (κυρ. βρισιές, λίβελλο κ.λπ.) εναντίον κάποιου («εξαπέλυσε λίβελλο εναντίον του») νεοελλ. μσν. 1. αφήνω ελεύθερο, ελευθερώνω… … Dictionary of Greek
ραθυμώ — ῥαθυμῶ, έω, ΝΜΑ, και ῥᾳθυμῶ Α [ῥάθυμος] είμαι ράθυμος, μένω αδρανής χωρίς να εργάζομαι, τεμπελιάζω, αμελώ την εργασία μου («κατελήφθησάν τινες νυκτὸς ἐν τῇ στρατοπεδείᾳ ῥαθυμοῡντες τὰ περὶ τὰς φυλακάς», Διόδ.) νεοελλ. 1. επιθυμώ σφόδρα, ορέγομαι… … Dictionary of Greek
-αι — (ΑΝ) κατάληξη ονομαστικής και κλητικής πληθυντικού τών ονομάτων τής α κλίσεως (π. χ. ἡμέραι, χῶραι, ταμίαι, ἐπαγγελματίαι). [ΕΤΥΜΟΛ. Ο τ. ονομ./κλητ. πληθ. σε αι τής Ελληνικής (θεαί, χῶραι) είναι αναλογικός σχηματισμός κατά τα θεματικά* κλιτά… … Dictionary of Greek
Codex Bezae — New Testament manuscripts papyri • uncials • minuscules • lectionaries Uncial 05 A sample of the Greek text from the Codex Bezae … Wikipedia
CURETES — populi Cretae, qui et Corybantes, et Idaei Dactyli appellati sunt, ex Ida Phrygiae monte (ut quidam volunt) oriundi. Dicti Κουρῆτες Straboni, l. 10. ἀπὸ τῆς κουρᾶς, h. e. ae tonsura, anteriorem enim capitis partem detonsam gestabant, ne hostes… … Hofmann J. Lexicon universale
ακρίτης — και ακρίτας, ο (Μ ἀκριτης και ἀκρίτας) νεοελλ. 1. φύλακας, φρουρός και γενικά κάτοικος παραμεθόριας περιοχής 2. το πρώτο σανίδι που κόβεται με το πριόνι από τον κορμό δέντρου 3. το ακραίο σανίδι τής βάσης ενός βαρελιού, που έχει ημικυκλικό σχήμα… … Dictionary of Greek
κυναγωγός — ο (Α κυναγωγός) φύλακας και οδηγός τών κυνηγετικών σκύλων («ἔχοντα τὸν κυναγωγὸν τὰς κύνας καὶ τὰ ἀκόντια», Ξεν.). [ΕΤΥΜΟΛ. < κύων, κυνός + ἀγωγός (< ἄγω)] … Dictionary of Greek
περίειμι — (I) ΜΑ επιζώ, βρίσκομαι ακόμη στη ζωή (α. «αἱρέεται αὐτὸς περιεῑναι» προτιμά να επιζήσει αυτός, Ηρόδ. β. «ὑπόμνησιν τῶν περιόντων καὶ τῶν κεκοιμημένων», Κωνστ.) αρχ. 1. βρίσκομαι γύρω από κάτι («χωρίον ᾧ κύκλῳ τειχίον περιῆν», Θουκ.) 2. υπερέχω,… … Dictionary of Greek
